<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<itemContainer xmlns="http://omeka.org/schemas/omeka-xml/v5" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation="http://omeka.org/schemas/omeka-xml/v5 http://omeka.org/schemas/omeka-xml/v5/omeka-xml-5-0.xsd" uri="https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/items/browse?output=omeka-xml&amp;page=676&amp;sort_field=Dublin+Core%2CCreator" accessDate="2026-09-14T08:23:15+00:00">
  <miscellaneousContainer>
    <pagination>
      <pageNumber>676</pageNumber>
      <perPage>10</perPage>
      <totalResults>13615</totalResults>
    </pagination>
  </miscellaneousContainer>
  <item itemId="15246" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="18850">
        <src>https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/0caa33363b146d081df90133693d5289.pdf</src>
        <authentication>20577688954258b3bdee8e92242344f1</authentication>
        <elementSetContainer>
          <elementSet elementSetId="4">
            <name>PDF Text</name>
            <description/>
            <elementContainer>
              <element elementId="52">
                <name>Text</name>
                <description/>
                <elementTextContainer>
                  <elementText elementTextId="129251">
                    <text>A PROPOSAL
FOR A
BACHELOR OF SOCIAL WORK DEGREE
AT
LAKEHEAD UNIVERSITY

I

�COMBINED BACHELOR OF ARTS,

I
I
I
I

BACHELOR OF SOCIAL WORK AT LAKEHEAD UNIVERSITY
INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this brief is to present to Lakehead University
a proposal for the inauguration of a programne leading to a corrt&gt;ined Bachelor
of Arts/Bachelor of Social Work degree. This proposal is being brought forward
by the Office of the Dean of Arts and outlines all aspects of the programme
including an analysis of the demand for B.S.W. graduates. The scheduled
starting date for this programne is September, 1973.
A short history of the events leading up to this presentation is

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

included as well as discussions of the philosophy behind, justification for
and nature of the proposed progranme.

As early as 1967 the possibility of some type of prograD111e leading
to a Bachelor of Arts Degree with a major in Social Work or a degree programne
in Social Work being initiated at Lakehead had been discussed.

In fact Minute

Item 123 of Lakehead University Senate meeting number 13, May 29, 1967, reads
as follows:

(it was moved by Dr. Rothney, seoondsd by DP. Mi'Llezt, that the

Senate approve in pztinoipZe the es tab lishrrent of an undsztgztaduate pl'OgztQ1111le
leading to a B.A. Degz-ee 11Jith a rrnjozt in SooiaZ Welfare).

This motion, brought

to the floor by the then Dean of Arts, was carried, and then was apparently
never followed through in any way.

It was not until 1971 that the late Dean

�- 2-

of Arts, Tim Ryan, moved towards the inauguration of a programne similar
to the one proposed here.
Dean Ryan held preliminary consultations on the matter of a Bachelor

I
I

I
I
I
I

of Social Work Degree with Mr. J. J. Young, Chief Social Worker, and Mrs.
M. Clarke, social worker in the children's clinic, at the Lakehead Psychiatric
Hospital, both of whom realized how valuable such a programne could be if
introduced at Lakehead University.
During the past su11111er, Mr. Young and Mrs. Clarke worked extensively
with the acting Dean of Arts, Dr. W. T. Melnyk, in examining all aspects
of the progranllle proposal which this brief contains. Also involved in investigations and planning during the sunner was Mr. R. Voss, an instructor in
the Social Service Progranwne offered in the Applied Arts Division at the
Confederation College. Dr. Melnyk, Mr. Young, Mrs. Clarke and Mr. Voss initiated
extensive research into the nature of BSW and MSW progranrnes offered at Ontario
and Manitoba universities in order to determine exactly what the introduction

I
I
I

I
I
I
I

-

of a BSW progranme at Lakehead would require and what could be the benefits
from such a prograrnne. Such analysis was greatly aided by Mr. Donald E. Ayre,
Secretary of the University, whose judgment on many matters of content was
extremely valuable. Extensive research was also conducted to detennine the
needs of the Northwestern Ontario community for trained social work personnel.
The results of these studies after careful analysis by the Office of the
Dean of Arts and the individuals previously mentioned will be introduced
at various stages of this presentation. The results of these studies form
an integral part of the substance of this brief.

�- 3 -

PHILOSOPHY BEHIND A BACHELOR OF ARTS/

•I
I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I

'
'I

BACHELOR OF SOCIAL WORK PROGRAr+iE
Although the importance of this type of study is so great that
it scarcely warrants an advocate, it is the basic philosophy of the university,
indeed of education in general, which is the greatest single advocate of
a prograR111e which offers what the proposed Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Social
Work includes.

It has been said that the university acts as a mirror of

current trends in society. The establishment of a degree prograllllle in Social
Work at Lakehead University would make this university's reflection of societal
needs, particularly those of Northwestern Ontario much clearer.
At present the needs of the native peoples of Northwestern Ontario
are particularly urgent and a large portion of the responsibility for tending
to these needs rests with the educational system, in particular this university.
Since Lakehead University's main purpose is to serve the needs of this a_rea,
it becomes very urgent that the University moves rapidly to do all within
its power to meet the needs of Northwestern Ontario society in all forms
including the needs of native peoples. The proposal at hand offers a means
by which Lakehead University may become broader in its sympathies, deeper
in richness, more stimulating in spirit and consequently more able to reflect
the needs of the society which it serves.
It will be shown in the next section of this presentation that
there exists at present in our area a positive need for trained graduates
at the Bachelor of Social Work level. Part of the reason for this need is

�- 4-

the historical out-migration of trained personnel as well as potential students
of social work from this area. Although Schools of Social Work surveyed
could not give exact figures on the nuni&gt;er of students in their progra11111es
who were from Northwestern Ontario all indicated that they annually received
applications from and accepted a number of students from this area.

It is

no secret that we in Northwestern Ontario are faced with this problem, and
it is particularly important to reduce this out-migration of trained or potential
social workers since this field requires training at a specialized advanced
level.

It 1s a reasonable assumption in light of previous similar situations

that if the proposed progranrne were initiated at Lakehead University there

I
I

•I

would be a subsequent reduction in the migration of students from this area,
to enroll in similar progranuJJes at other universities.
The coni&gt;ined Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Social Work Programne
once initiated at Lakehead University will fill a gap in existing curriculum
and will make our university better able to fill the needs of the Northwestern
Ontario comnunity.

I

I
I

JUSTIFICATION FOR A BA/BSW PROGRAMME
The justification for this programne builds itself from a number
of extremely sound foundations.

Perhaps the strongest of the foundations

are the current conditions of supply and demand for trained personnel in
the social work field.

Appendix 1 shows in tabular form that in each of

the last four years in Ontario, only a small percentage of students who wished
to enter a school and work towards a Social Work Degree found that they were

�l

-

- 5 -

able to do so. Also shown on this table is a ratio of students rejected

I

•
•
•
•I
I
I

•I
•
•I
I

•ii

to students accepted.

It is interesting to note that this data shows an

annual increase in the number of applications over the past several years;
this is no doubt a reflection of current trends in our society. The trend
towards man helping his fellow man towards the goal of a better life has

become a significant force in our times. The figures show this, and the
proposed programne would serve this trend admirably .
The reason for this high rate of rejection is not due solely to
the large number of applicants. Social work is a practice oriented field
and social workers often act in semi-professional roles. This makes it
imperative that the social worker be trained properly to fill his position
and accept the responsibilities which it encompasses. Schools of Social
Work have found that one of the best ways to ensure high quality is by
demanding high standards and by keeping enrollments at a level where all
students may be observed and may receive instruction on a more personal basis .
Such matters will be discussed under the heading, NATURE OF TI-fE PROPOSED
PROGRAt+tE .
It would be a totally realistic move on the part of Lakehead University
to assume that the introduction of a cont&gt;ined Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of

Social Work would bring to our campus a significant number of talented students
who were unable to register in Social Work Programmes elsewhere. This, coupled
with the situation of local students who can't get such training without
migrating elsewhere, would ensure sufficient student enrollment for the BA/BSW
progranme if it were introduced.
In "Design for Development, Northwestern Ontario Region", presented
by the Ontario Department of Treasury and Economics, Northwestern Ontario

�- 6-

was forecast to be an area of growth and development during the coming decade.
The growth in demand for trained social workers will increase at a rate equal
to or greater than the overall growth rate for this area. As urban areas
develop in Northwestem Ontario, an increasing number of urban social problems
will have to be dealt with and as increasing numbers of native peoples are
exposed to growth and development their orientation to a new way of life
nus~ be guided by responsible, trained social workers. The Bachelor of Arts/
Bachelor of Social Work Programne as proposed herein would help to meet the
need, current and projected, -for such trained Social Workers.
A survey of area agencies involved in social work 1n their respective
conmunities reveals a need for trained social workers due to annual employee
turnover as well as projected increases in staff complements over the next
five years. Appendix 2 gives a part of the results of the survey showing
agency questioned, their annual staff turnover and their estimate of change
in staff needs over the next five years.

It was noted in some of the responses

which were received from twenty-four separate agencies, that some of the
agencies indicated that more staff was needed at present or that more staff
would be required although because of budget considerations they were not
even able to estimate their requirements. These survey results indicate
conclusively that area agencies will be able to employ a significant number
of BA/BSW graduates if such a programne were available at Lakehead University.
Placements could also be found elsewhere by Lakehead University graduates
since this growing need is not merely local but global.
The reasoning behind designing the programne to lead to coni&gt;ined
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Social Work Degrees warrants some discussion.

�- 7 -

I
I
I

The cont&gt;ined degrees give a llllch broader scope to the education of the prospective Social Worker. In short, it improves the quality of education.
Appendix 3 is an article taken from the periodical CANADIAN MENTAL

I
I

HEALTH, Sept.-Oct., 1972. The article is the essence of a thirty-one page

I

outlines in no uncertain terms the value of interrelation between Social

report by a special Conmission appointed by Carleton University "to enquire

and report on the affairs of the Carleton School of Social Work". The article
Work and other related academic disciplines. This is the essence of the

I

Social Work Programle as it is being proposed, in fact this progranme is

I
I

disciplinary progranme with a director responsible to the Dean of Arts. Although

I
I

discussion on the nature of the programne that this proposed progranwne allows

I
I

I
I
I
I

I

not being proposed as a School or a Faculty. Department but rather as an interthe degree of interrelation between disciplines which will result in the
progran111e proposed here is not yet clear, it w111 be seen in the following
for significant interaction in many areas. The content of this article reinforces
to a gratifying extent the reasoning which went into the design of the progranne
at hand.
In addition to this, the cont&gt;ined BA/BSW progranme is superior,
practically speaking, for the student. Any student who found himself not
suited to a career in social work or unable to continue in the Social Work
PrograR111e for any reason could elect to finish only the BA Degree. This
could be the difference between the University's keeping or losing a student
and this is an important consideration in light of current enrolment shortages.
Introduction of this prograllllle would involve the setting up of
a minimum number of new courses; to be more precise, six would be required

�- 8 -

in the initial year. All six new courses would be labled as Social Work
courses. Rather than initiate new courses. en masse 1 the progra11111e aims
to utilize existing courses which offer instruction in many subjects nonnally
required as part of a Social Work Education. Courses already offered which
are suitable and new courses which will be required will be discussed under
the nature of the progra11111e.
There exists in the Northwestern Ontario comnunity at present a
sufficient nunt,er of qualified, dedicated social workers to instruct the
new Social Work Courses which will be required.

Instruction would be on

a part-time basis which would minimize the programe's expenses for faculty.
Such a system would be advantageous in that it would allow proper instruction
in the diverse areas of Social Work by individuals trained and experienced
in each of these particular areas.

It is also anticipated that in the early

stages of the progra11111e, the director could assume such teaching duties as

I

his acbninistrative responsibilities would permit. The value to the programme
of this type of instruction is obvious in that it would be difficult to find
full time instructors qualified to teach in all of the diverse areas of Social
Work. At its outset, the programne will require two or three part-time instructors
depending upon enrolment and at that time such instructors, with education
to the Master of Social Work level, will be available in Thunder Bay.
At present within the University, there are faculty who are interested in and qualified to assist with the development of this programne. Studies
conducted on Social and Economic problems of Northwestern Ontario by various
University faculty meRDers would make their assistance of particular value
to the progra111T1e. Previous research could be of great value to BA/BSW candidates

�- 9 -

I
I
I

who could employ the results of or follow up on such research. Lakehead

I

Ontario there are a large number of untrained personnel, that is to say,

I

University's support of such research in the past indicates a social awareness
within the university collllllnity which would serve well all of the ideals
behind the BA/BSW Progranme.
At present in the agencies involved in Social Work 1n Northwestern
personnel who have had no fonnal social work education even though they may
hold some University degree. Such a situation may hardly be considered ideal
considering the nature and importance of Social Work. The previously mentioned

I
I
I

I
I
I

I
I

survey of agencies asked whether or not staff merrt&gt;ers would find social work
training on a part-time basis valuable. A substantial number of agencies
indicated that they saw great value in such upgrading on a part-time basis
with many agencies saying that staff merrt&gt;ers would be interested in upgrading
to the degree level if possible. Appendix 4 lists those agencies registering
interest in this aspect of the progranne and offers an estimation of the
number of part-time registrations which the survey has shown the progra11111e
may anticipate.
An attempt was made, in the survey, to detennine if staff in any
of the agencies would be interested in enrolling in the progranm,e on a tenn
basis. Many agencies indicated that staff members were interested in such
a progranme but would be unable to support themselves while back at school.
A subsequent investigation into the Canada Manpower Centre's "Occupational
Training of Adults Progranne", which is outlined in Appendix 5 reveals a
distinct possibility that such staff might be able to return to classes.
Further investigations into this matter will be initiated once the approach

�- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -- 10 -

of the programne becomes a reality.

It should be noted that Confederation

College's 11 MENTAL RETARDATION COUNCELLORS PROGRAMME" has ten students who

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I

are upgrading their qualifications while supported by this prograrrme. In
light of current shortages of trained Bachelors of Social Work in this area,
support by Canada Manpower of the BA/BSW Prograrrme remains a distinct possibility.
The programne proposed here will be flexible enough to all&lt;M the
University to accept undergraduate students who have completed some work
in BSW programnes elsewhere. Such flexibility should prove particularly
valuable in the initial years of the progranne when upper year levels could
be partially filled by such transfer students.
At present the physical facilities of the University are adequate
to acconmodate new demands which the addition of this progra11111e will make.
The University's Department of Physical Planning and Construction could envision
no difficulty in providing the office space required by the administration
and staff of the programne. The recent addition of the Ryan Building has
added enough classroom facilities to accoR1110date the new courses which would
start in Septent&gt;er, 1973.
At present the introduction of the progra11111e would require a small
nwnber of additions to the University Library's holdings. Appendix 6A gives
a listing of the number of volumes of sociology subjects which are related
to Social Work Studies. Although a similar breakdown was not available for
Psychology subjects, Appendix 68 lists areas of psychology pertinent to Social
Work where volumes are available.

It would of course be the responsibility

of the director to detennine what volumes would be necessary additions. The

�- 11 -

effect on the Faculty of Arts Library Allocation will not be available until
such time as the director has done a detailed inves~igation on the matter.
The Library's holdings of periodicals would have to be supplemented to meet
the programne's needs, and Appendix 6C outlines a number of relevant periodicals
which the Library would have to acquire. The number of additions would be
small overall, and yet these additions would make research facilities adequate
for all students enrolled in the progra11111e.
The University's Computer Centre would serve the programme as it
does other academic fields by providing a valuable storage facility for research
and information required by students on any aspect of Social Work.
Students in the BA/SSW progranme who intended to go into work with
the native peoples of Northwestern Ontario would find it necessary to acquire
a working knowledge of the Cree and/or Ojibway languages. The language labs
here at the university would be ideal for this purpose. Tapes are available
or they could be made and used by students requiring such training. Confederation
College currently offers a course in Elementary Ojibway and they are having
an encouraging student response to the programme. This University might
find widespread support in all disciplines for such a language progranune
if it were made available.
Discussions up to this point indicate that the institution of the
BA/SSW Programie in Septent&gt;er, 1973, would be a financially sound venture.
A discussion of the financial aspects of the programne is now required. Because
of the previous inaccuracy of budgetary estimates with respect to the introduction
of new progra1m1es, this brief does not atte111&gt;t to estimate what the detailed
budget for the BA/BSW programme would be. However, Appendix 7A lists all

�- 12 -

of the goods, services and hllnan resources which the progranrne would utilize.

I

I

Appendix 7B offers an estimate of student enrolment for the first year and
a statement of the value of each student with respect to govemmental funding.
The expenses involved are minimal at all levels and this has been the most
singularly important consideration, next to high quality, throughout the
entire process of progra11111e design.
NATURE OF THE PROGRAMME

I

The proposed progrann1e leading to the BA/SSW degree will differ
in a number of ways from progranmes already in existence on campus. Basic
to the prograrrme will be the existence of an admissions screening conwnittee
which will serve a multifold purpose. This conunittee would be composed of
the Programne Director, Dean of Arts, Registrar of the University and two
senior social workers from the conmunity who may or may not be involved in
teaching or advising in the progra11111e. The value of such conJnittees has
been widely shown and virtually all Schools of Social Work employ them to
ensure the maintenance of high quality output. General admission policy
will be the same as existing requirenents for admission into the Faculty
of Arts. Adult admissions will be handled through the channels already existing
in the Admissions Office. Any considerations of advanced standing for applicants
with field experience will be the responsibility of the screening comnittee
previously mentioned. The comnittee will review the grades of each student
at the end of the first and second years of the progran111e, and this comnittee
may interview any student whose perfonnance is not adequate. The comnittee

�- 13 -

may request that such students withdraw from the BSW section of the programme

and become a candidate only for the BA Degree.
Admission to the proposed progra11111e will be from either of four
categories:

-I
I
I
I

I
I
I

1.

The first category will be students enrolling in the first year

of the four year degree programne and completing all of the degree requirements
for the BA/BSW.
2.

The second category will be students who have attained the

Bachelor of Arts degree at Lakehead University or another University and wish
to complete the additional courses necessary to reach the Bachelor of Social
Work level. The screening corrmittee will detennine which courses other than
the required Social Work courses B.A. graduates entering this one year progra11111e
will require, Not all applicants holding Bachelor of Arts degrees will have all
of the required courses for the BA/BSW and some may find that a make-up year of
some type will be necessary.
3.

A third category will include students who transfer from other

departments and/or disciplines or students who transfer from similar programmes
at other universities. Also into this area a substantial nurrber of comunity
college students can be expected to transfer.

It is anticipated that programnes

such as the Social Services diploma offered at the Confederation College will
provide students for the proposed degree progranme. Although the circumstances
surrounding such applications would have to be reviewed individually it would
appear that Confederation College graduates could expect to receive at least
five credits towards the Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Social Work degree.
4.

A fourth and final category from which the progranre should

�- 14 -

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

anticipate applications is the personnel of area social work agencies who wish
to upgrade their qualifications. A recent survey, the results of which are
outline in Appendix 8A predicts a considerable number of applications to the
progralJITie from this area. The questionnaire sent to various agencies, including
those agencies listed in Appendix 4, and the results received are outlined in
Appendix 8A. These results show that there is a great interest in upgrading
on a part-time basis. Courses for students in this category could be offered
in the evenings, during su11111er school or as extension courses.
It will prove to be quite valuable to students entering the one
year programne if they could take the first year Social Work course described
later in this presentation during the sunaner preceding their registration
in the progranrne. Ideally this course, later described as S.W. 100, would
be offered in the evening during Summer Session each year. Social Work courses,
apart from strictly field work courses will be accepted as general credits
by the Faculty of Arts. This will serve well to increase interest in the
programne at its outset.
It should be made clear at this point that the programne will not
be offered in its entirity for a number of years. Appendix 8B lists all
of the Social Work courses which the interdisciplinary programne leading
to the BA/BSW degree would require to allow the student to receive adequate
training in any accepted field of social work specialization. It would be
impractical to introduce such a thorough progranme all at one time, this
would require a staff complement which is at present unavailable as well
as prohibitive expense for administration. Appendix 9 contains an outline
of which courses the progran111e would be required to offer in Septent&gt;er, 1973,

�- 15 -

I
I
I
I
I

in order to graduate BSW's with the necessary high level of training _perhaps
as soon as May, 1974. The courses so introduced would serve adequately the
needs of BA graduates entering the progra11111e to complete the BSW Degree over
the first one or two years of the progranme.

It is hoped that by the time

students entering the progranme in the first year reach the third year level,
that is by September, 1975, the programne will have been expanded so that
it would closely approximate the ideal outline shown in Appendix 7.
When fully developed, the progranne will allow for specialization
in Northern Problems, Administration, Comnunity Work, Research and Clinical
or Treatment Practice. All of these areas of specialization except Northern
Problems are accepted divisions within the field of Social Work. The Northern

I
I
I

specialization will be peculair to the Lakehead University progra1J111e and
has been introduced to neet the unique needs of the Northwestern Ontario
area.

Specialization in any one of these fields will involve different
compulsory courses at each year level and a restricted choice of elective
subjects. Appendix 10 gives the outline of the progra111t1e year by year as
it will be when it is completely developed. Appendix 11 shows a list of
electives which could be chosen according to the chosen field of specialization.
With respect to the prograrrme, for autumn, 1973, Appendix 12 describes
the offerings of each year of the progranne at the outset. The maintenance
of a B average in all of the social work courses will be required and at
least a C average will be required for other compulsory courses. When offering
a progra11111e such as this, it must be appreciated that the BSW graduate assumes
an important role of a semi-professional nature in many employment situations.

�•
•I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

- 16 -

Consequently standards must be high and the quality of the graduate excellent.

An integral part of the BA/BSW progranrne as the course descriptions
indicate is the field work prograrrme. Courses at both third and fourth year
levels are based on practicum training alone. Field work, when the progranme
has developed fully, will become a major means of training in any one of
the specialized fields of Social Work which the student has chosen to pursue.
At present, no trouble is expected in finding field work placements. many
area social work agencies have indicated willingness and enthusiasm at the
prospect of having BA/BSW candidates placed with them either on an hourly
basis {as S.W. 321 requires} or on a week-block basis (as S.W. 400 requires}.
Students with field work experience in the fonn of a current or
previous employment situation will be able to receive credit for field work
courses at the discretion of the screening committee. Grading and supervision
of the field work courses would be accomplished in the following manner:
Supervisors would be hired to work on a part time basis; it would be their
responsibility to make rounds of all organizations and institutions at which
field work placements had been made.

During these visits, observation of

the student would provide a basis for grading; a second basis for grading
would consist of a report from and consultations with the student's supervisor
in the field situation.
In each year of the BA/BSW programme, weekly tutorials of two hours
would be a course requirement. These tutorials, which would be conducted
by part time faculty, would hopefully bring to light any problems being encountered
with what one might call "professional practices".

In the first and second

years tutorials could be spent in field observation or discussion thereof.

�- 17 -

At year levels three and four, tutorials could be spent in analysis of any

I

problems encountered in field work or course work, or in discussion of a
particular area of specialization with a qualified adviser in the coJ1111unity.
It is hoped that summer courses may be offered at the earliest possible
time in a number of Social Work courses besides the first year course. This,

I
I
I

I
I
I
I
I

-

-

I

along with scheduling some of the social work courses throughout the year
in the evenings, would better enable individuals in the field to upgrade
on a part time basis, since it was indicated that a nunber of agencies employed
personnel who would be interested in upgrading if at all possible.
The programme has been designed to involve a minimum expense to
the University.

The plan to introduce the progranrne slowly is one which

will lead to the foundation of the programne being a solid one. Expansion
will be carried out at a controlled rate as the programme can accomnodate
such expansion; this is why no dates have been given for the completion
of prograrrme growth.
The support for this programme has been most enthusiastic in this
area as has already been stated. Many area social workers feel that this
is precisely what is needed in our area to provide high calibre social workers
capable of dealing with area social problems both current and anticipated.

�- 18 -

I

•I
-I
I

INDEX OF APPENDICIES
TITLE

PAGE

1

RESULTS OF APPLICATIONS/ADMISSIONS SURVEY

19

2

RESULTS OF STAFF NEEDS SURVEY

20

3

ARTICLE, DIFFICULTIES AT CARLETON SCHOOL OF
SOCIAL WORK

21

4

AGENCY SURVEY INDICATING INTEREST IN STAFF
UPGRADING

23

5

DESCRIPTION: CANADA MANPOWER CENTRE OCCUPATIONAL
RETRAINING OF ADULTS

24

6A

LIBRARY HOLDINGS: SOCIOLOGY

25

68

LIBRARY HOLDINGS:

26

6C

LIBRARY HOLDINGS: PERIODICALS
REQUIREMENTS FOR PERIODICALS

27

PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS - GOODS, SERVICES AND HUMAN
RESOURCES

28

7B

COMMENT ON STUDENT ENROLLMENT

29

8A

SURVEY OF AREA AGENCIES TO DETERMINE STAFF INTERESTED
IN UPGRADING PART TIME

30

SOCIAL WORK COURSES TO BE OFFERED IN COMPLETE
PROGRAMME

31

NEW COURSES IN SOCIAL WORK FOR SEPTEMBER 1973

33

10

PROGRAr+1E OUTLINE FOR COMPLETE PROGRAMME

36

11

ELECTIVES WITH RESPECT TO SPECIALIZATION

39

12

BA/BSW PROGR!\t ,•.~r

47

APPENDIX NUMBER

7A

88

9

PSYCHOLOGY

-

SEPTEMBER 1973

50

�- 19 -

APPENDIX l

Year

Applications
Received

No. of
Students
Accepted

Approximate Ratio
Applications/Acceptance

CARLETON

1972-73

335

49

7 to 1

McMASTER

1969-1973

Name of
University

UNIVERSITY
OF
TORONTO

1970-71
1971-72
1972-73

UNIVERSITY
OF
MANITOBA

1969-70
1970-71
1971-72
1972-73

WINDSOR

1969-70
1970-71
1971-72
1972-73

UNIVERSITY
OF
WESTERN
ONTARIO
WATERLOO
LUTHERAN

NA

1969-70
1970-71
1971-72
1972-73

NOT AVAILABLE FOR BA/BSW

532
662
864
UNKNOWN
UNKNOWN
UNKNOWN
NOT AVAILABLE FOR

229
241

414
440

NOT
AVAILABLE

187
246
293
316

100
100
106

200
200
140
BA/BSW
76
76
102
98

MAXIMUM
ADMISSIONS
50

40

80
66

74

Although figures were not
available the ratio
suggested was 4 or 5 to 1
5 to 1
6.5 to 1

8.5 to 1

Accepted rate of rejection
to acceptance 4 to 1

3
3
4
4.5

to
to
to
to

1
1
l
1

NOT
AVAILABLE

4. 5
3
4. 5
4. 5

to
to
to
to

1
1
1

1

�I

- 20 -

I
I
I

APPENDIX 2

•
•
•
•
•

RESULTS OF STAFF NEEDS SURVEY

STAFF
AGENCY QUESTIONED

COMPLEMENT

ANNUAL
TURNOVER

5 YEAR
PROJECTION

Fort Frances Separate Schools

8

1

up 3

Addiction Research Foundation

3

1

up

1 1/2

1/2

Social Services

30

3

Thunder Bay - Children's Aid Society

35

4 - 5

up

Kenora - Children's Aid Society

17

4

up

John Howard Society

up 3

Ministry of Community and
up 10

McKellar General Hospital

2

NOT AVAILABLE

Lakehead Social Planning Council

1

N/A

up

Welfare

80

8

up

Lakehead Psychiatric Hospital

17

4

up 25

Department of National Health and

Ontario Metis and Non-Status
Indian Association
Lakehead Board of Education

3

NONE

INSIGNIFICANT
NONE

up 10
up 2

Canadian Department of Citizenship
and Irrmi grati on

3

INSIGNIFICANT

up

Red Lake Indian Friendship Centre

3

INSIGNIFICANT

up 1

National Parole Board

3

INS IGN I FI CANT

�- 21 -

APPENDIX 3
Taken From:

-I
I

I

Canada's Mental Health, Page 40, Volume XX, No. 5, Sept.-Oct. 1972.

Difficulties at Carleton School of Social Work

A serious internal crisis at the Carleton School of Social Work has culminated
in the issuance of a 31 page report by a special Commission, appointed by the
University, "to enquire and report on the affairs of the School 11.

Many of the Comnission's recornnendations in all areas stress the
necessity for the School to integrate with both the rest of the University and
with the whole comnuni ty. The report states:

"In the future we see the School

much more a part of the University. The extent of its isolation in the past
has been startling to discover. The main benefit of closer integration will
lie in the intellectual enrichment thereby facilitated, but there are practical
aspects as well.

11

Although the Contnission feels that the focus should continue to be
mainly on the graduate level of social work education through the Master of
Social Work degree, with possibly an ultimate development tCMards a doctoral
degree, the report states that "In addition, we feel it essential that social
work education must move in the direction of closer interaction with other
related academic disciplines such as sociology, psychology and public administration and must also ultimately become more aligned with the standard university
year."

�- 22 -

I
I
I
I

Further, in dealing with curriculum, the report outlines that onefifth to one-third of the student's academic program should consist of elective
subjects, many of which could be taken in cognate graduate disciplines elsewhere
in the University. Some courses, the Comnission feels, could come from areas
which at first glance would appear of only marginal relevance to social work
11

and this overall

11

11

cross-fertilization and the enhanced flow of ideas" would
11

11

"enliven the School's central curriculum."
Also stressed in terms of integration is the need for interchangeability with other degree programs, extending ultimately to social services
training at the conmunity college level and emphasis on mid-career admissions
as well. The report notes that" ... continued efforts must also be made to
ensure the openness of admission as the whole field of professional training
continues to develop. 11
Other sections of the report deal with the School's relationship to
the colllllunity, the need for the School to "accomnodate the use of Canada's two

I
I
I
I

official languages, and the need for research to become an integral part of the
School's teaching program.
The Co11111ission notes that Prof. Shaun Govenlock, director of the
School, has asked that his resignation be accepted, and "therefore a new Di rector
rrus t be appointed and an Interim Di rector appointed.

11

�- 23 -

APPENDIX 4

N.W.O. Social Work Agencies indicating that
staff would upgrade on part tine basis

•

Fort Frances Separate Schools
Fort Frances Board of Education
Salvation Arff\Y - Thunder Bay
Alcohol and Drug Addiction Research Foundation - Thunder Bay
John Howard Society - Thunder Bay
Ministry of Corrmunity and Social Services
Children's Aid Society - Thunder Bay
Children's Aid Society - Kenora
McKellar General Hospital
Department of National Health and Welfare
Lakehead Psychiatric Hospital
Ontario Metis and Non-Status Indian Association
Lakehead Board of Education
National Parole Board
Canadian Department - Citizenship and Imnigration
Lakehead Separate School Board
City of Thunder Bay Social Services

The most accurate estimate possible of part time attendance
personnel for upgrading purposes is about 60.

by

agency

The majority of those interested

are employees of the large agencies such as National Health and Welfare, Lakehead
Psychiatric Hospital, City of Thunder Bay Social Services and The Children's Aid
Society.
Out of town agency personnel showed interest in upgrading
courses or correspondance in many cases.

by

extension

�- 24 -

APPENDIX 5
OCCUPATIONAL RETRAINING OF ADULTS
The following outline of the progranme was obtained from Mr. Al
Fairbridge of the Canada Manpower Centre.

It was through Mr. Fairbridge that

Canada Manpower Centre arranged with Confederation College to buy training for
the ten students enrolled in the Mental Retardation Councellor's programne.
Mr. Fairbridge outlined the procedure as follows:
1.

industr-y must be e3:erting a demand for a particular service
requiring training

2.

this demand must be great enough that manpower officials at
local, regional, and provincial levels recogniae that it cannot
possibly be met in the e3:isting labour fieZd

3.

if this demand is sufficient C.M.C. 1JJiZl pay for retraining for
a period of up to fifty-two weeks

4.

the Zeve Z at 1JJhich retraining or upgrading is taken does not
matter.

It seems at present that the required demand could be brought to bear upon the
Canada Manpower Centre. C.M.C. officials on campus could act for the University
in this regard.

�- 25 -

APPENDIX 6A
LIBRARY HOLDINGS~ SOCIOLOGY

I
I

I
I
I
I

I
I

AREA

NO. OF VOLUMES

SOCIOLOGY {GENERAL TOPICS)

945

SOCIAL HISTORY

585

THE FAMILY, MARIAGE, WOMAN

630

SOCIAL GROUPS

450

SOCIAL PATHOLOGY

630

There are approximately 1000 volumes related to Anthropology in the Library sone
of which would be relative to Social Work areas such as Northern Studies.

�TELEPHONE 345 2121
AREA CODE 807

Lakeheacl. U:n.tve:rst-ty
POSTAL STATION P, T

R BAY, ONTARIO , CANADA.

\
\\,_

Gentlemen:

Wtth_ r.es~ee-t - t0--t ·he-\~rrcr9._
~ec.t: /rder {g) we have

no

yet received.:--------·· ·----·,

/
i

L
I

/

/
I

Inv~:jJ;;__e_

c-__

-----

Please report as soon as
of the order(s).

ossi bre-en-the status

-------

s

~

ncerely,

(for) SERIALS LIBRARIAN.

�~

-

�- 26 -

APPENDIX 6B
PSYCHOLOGY .HOLDINGS - LAKEHEAD .UNIVERSITY 'LIBRARY
General Psychology holdings total 2340 volumes. Soni! areas where
volumes exist which are related to the Social Work progra11111e are Psychoanalysis,
Physiological, Experimental, Habit and Accommodation, Heredity, Attention and
Association, Creative Processes, Mental Deficiency and Deviation, Will, Volition
and Choice, Applied Psychology, Personality, Child Psychology and Race and Ethnic
Psychology.
The Library holdings also included 830 volumes on Abnormal Psychology
and Psychiatry.

�- 27 -

APPENDIX 6C
PERIODICALS
In addition to the current holdings of periodicals:
140 in Psychology
112 in Sociology,
it would be necessary to acquire the following periodicals and perhaps others.

I
I
I
I
I
I

ABSTRACTS FOR SOCIAL WORKERS
ADDICTIONS
BRITISH JOURNAL OF ADDICTIONS. JULY 1972
CANADA'S MENTAL HEALTH. 1968
CANADIAN WELFARE
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF SOCIAL PSYCHIATRY
PSYCHIATRIC NEWS. JULY 1972
SMITH COLLEGE STUDIES IN SOCIAL WORK
SOCIAL CASEWORK (U.S.A.)
SOCIAL WORKER
JOURNAL OF ORTHOPSYCHIATRY
THE JOURNAL: ADDICTION RESEARCH FOUNDATION OF ONTARIO
SOCIAL WORKER {BRITISH)
JOURNAL OF THE BRITISH MENTAL HEALTH ASSOCIATION
(TITLE HAS RECENTLY BEEN CHANGED)
HOSPITAL AND COr+1UNITY PSYCHIATRY (U.S.A.)
BRITISH JOURNAL OF SOCIAL AND CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY
CANADA'S HEALTH AND WELFARE
JOURNAL OF CANADIAN ASSOCIATION OF SOCIAL WORKERS

�- 28 -

'I

II
I

II

I
II

I

APPENDIX 7A

GOODS, ·SERVICES AND HUMAN RESOURCES REQUIRED

1.

Offices - including furnishing and maintenance

2.

A

3.

Two or three part time faculty

4.

Administrative readjustments to handle registration, etc.

5.

Some addition to Library allocation

6.

Tutors

7.

Field work supervisors

8.

Design and introduction expense

di rector

�... \

- 29 -

APPENDIX 78
'STUDENT ENROLMENT
The progranme would enroll at the outset a maximum of 25 students

I

I

in both the first year of the four year BA/BSW and the one year prograrrme
for Bachelor of Arts graduates.
Make-ups and transfers would make the number of students at each
year level approximately the same as the number of first year entrants.
Under present University financing each BA/BSW student would be
weighted as one B.I.U.
Tuition would ideally be set at some figure higher than regular
Faculty of Arts tuition to reflect the combined and professional nature of
the progrannne.

�- 30 -

APPENDIX SA
SURVEY - ADMISSIONS FOR UPGRADING .PURPOSES
On Noveni&gt;er 1, 1972, a survey was initiated to detennine exactly what
nt.anbers of area social work agency personnel would be interested in enrolling
in a progranne leading to a Bachelor of Social Work degree. The survey asked
for the employee's name and position and whether they were interested in enrolling full time, part time or not at all. A total of 72 replies were received
and the response was as follows:
Interested in full time attendance

5

Interested in part time attendance

64

Not interested

3

Many respondants offered enthusiastic conwnents and praise for the
progranme in a space provided for conments.

�- 31 -

APPENDIX 88
SOCIAL WORK COURSES .TO BE OFFERED IN COMPLETE PROGRAMME
FIRST YEAR COURSES
S.W. 100 - Introduction to Social Work
SECOND YEAR COURSES
S.W. 200 - H1.111an Behavior and Social Environment
THIRD YEAR COURSES
S.W. 300 - Research Report (major paper)
HALF COURSES (1st tenn)
S.W. 311 - Introduction to Social Work Methods
S.W. 313 - Social Casework
S.W. 315 - Social Institutions
S.W. 317 - Conmunity Organization
HALF COURSES (2nd tenn)
S.W. 320 - Social Groupwork
S.W. 322 - Social Work Policy (Ethics)
S.W. 324 - Field Work

�- 32 -

FOURTH YEAR COURSES
S.W. 400 - Field Work Placement (compulsory}
HALF COURSES (1st term}
S.W. 411 - Social Work Practices in Northern Convnunities
S.W. 413 - Child Welfare
S.W. 415 - Medical and Psychiatric Social Work

s.w.

417 - Specialized Topics in Conmunity Practice

S.W. 419 - Advanced Casework
HALF COURSES (2nd tenn}
S.W. 420 - Family Counselling
S.W. 422 - Specialized Topics in Social Work Research
S.W. 424 - Specialized Topics in Administrative Practice
S.W. 426 - Advanced Groupwork

�- 33 -

APPENDIX 9
NEW .COURSES .REQUIRED - SEPTEMBER 1973
1.

Social Work 100 - Introduction to Social Work

An introduction to social work which includes the survey of the history

I

and development of social work, concepts of the various methods of social work
practice and their relationship to social and behavioural sciences' concepts and
to the various value and other systems. There is no field work content but
students will be exposed to either observation to or explanation of the services
existing in the conmunity.
2.

Social Work 200 - Human Behaviour and Social Environment
An analysis of social functioning in relation to social systems and

examines the interacting variables which influence the social funtioning of
individuals, families, groups and conmunities.
3.

Social Work 311 (first tenn only) - Introduction to Social Work Methods
This course will include an analysis of casework skills and interview-

ing skills and an examination of the principles and methods underlying all
"helping processes", as they apply to the different social work methods
discussed. The principles underlying the "personal skills" a social worker
needs will also be examined.

�I

I

•
•

- 35 -

acquisition of proficiency in "the use of self" to provide service to others in
distress.

�I
I

- 36 -

APPENDIX 10
THE .PROGRAJ+1E •WHEN FULLY DEVELOPED
Year One
I

I

I
I
I
I
I

II

a.

English

b.

Psycho 1ogy

c.

Sociology

d.

S .W.

One option from list - according to a. Major or
b. S.W. Concentration

III

Tutorials (two hours per week)

Year Two
I

a.

Psychology 2a6 Developmental Child or
2e6 Physiological

b.

I

Socio1ogy 2e6 (Social Thought) or
2f6 (Social Problems)

c.
II
III

Social Work

Two options from list
Tutorial (two hours per week)

�- 37 -

Year Three
I

a.

Research Course Psychology 2c6 or
Sociology 3d6

b.

Social Psychology, Psychology 3b6 or
Sociology 3b6

c.
II
III

Social Work

Social Work Tutorial (two hours per week)
Two options from list - according to a. Major or
b. Social Work Concentration

Year Four
A.

(B.A., B.S.W. Full Prograrrme)
I
II
III

B.

Social Work
Social Work Tutorials (two hours per week)
Two options from list - according to a. Social Work Concentration

(B.A. graduates)
I
II

One full year Social Work courses (six courses)
Tutorials (two hours per week)

�I

- 38 -

followed
III

by

Field Work Placement

�I

- 39 -

APPENDIX 11
ELECTIVES WITH RESPECT TO SPECIALIZATION

GENERAL CLINICAL '40RTHERN COMMJNITY ADMINISTRATION RESEARCH
Economics
l a6 - Pri nci pa 1s

y

X

3g6 - Regi ona 1
2a6 - Economic

X

History
English
270 - Canadian

X

X

X

X

Tl a or Tlb, T2b

Philosophy
X

la6 - Introduction

I

•I

I

X

2d6 - Logic

X

4d6 - Philosophical

X

Research
X

4e6 - Theory of
Value
Geography
2e6 - Economic
Geography

X

X

X

�I

- 40 -

APPEtJDI X 11

ELECTIVES WITH RESPECT TO SPECIALIZATION

GENERAL CLINICAL ~ORTHERN COMMUNITY ADMINISTRATION RESEARCH

2d6 - Cultural

X

X

Geography
3a6 - Urban

X

Geography
4d6 - Regi ona 1

X

X

X

X

Geography
History

I
I

2a6 - Canadian

X

X

3c6 - Ontario

X

X

4c6 - Problems in

X

X

Canadian

-

Social
History
2b6 - British

X

Political Studies
3a6 - Public
Admi ni stra-

tion

X

X

X

�- 41 -

I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I

APPENDIX 11

ELECTIVES WITH RESPECT TO SPECIALIZATION

GENERAL CLINICAL NORTHERN COMMUNITY AOMIN ISTRATION RESEARCH

4e6 - Regional

X

X

X

X

Studies
2d6 - Government
of Canada
Psychology
2a6 - Child

X

X

X

X

X

X

2c6 - Statistics

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

2e6 - Physiologica
2f6 - Theory and

.
I

X

X

Research in
Persona 1i ty
296 - Conditioning

X

X

and Leaming
2z6 - Family Life

X

3a6 - Abnormal

X

3e6 - Drugs and

-X

Behavior
3h6 - Contemporary
Issues

X

X

�- 42 -

APPENDIX 11

ELECTIVES WITH RESPECT TO SPECIALIZf.JION

GENERAL CLINICAL ~ORTHERN COMMUNITY ADMINISTRATION RESEARCH

3z6 - Family Life

X

4e6 - Learning and

X

X

Motivation
3b6 - Social

X

4f6 - Advanced

X

X

X

X

X

X
X

Social
5d6 - Behavior

X

Modification
5e6 - Leaming

X

X

Di sab 11 i ti es
Sociology
2a6 - Family
2e6 - Social

X
X

X

X

X

·X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Thought
2f6 - Social
Problems
296 - Race and

.
Ethnics

X

�- 43 -

APPENDIX 11

ELECTIVES WITH RESPECT TO SPECIALIZATION

GENERAL

CLINICAL ~mRTHERN COMMUNITY ADMINISTRATION RESEARCH
X

2h6 - Canadian

X

X

Society
X

3a6 - Urban
3b6 - Social

X

X

X

X

X

X

3d6 - Research

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

3e6 - Criminology
3g6 - Social

X

Stratification
3j6 - Collective
Behavior
X

2i 6 - Re 1i gi on
4p6 - Advanced

X

X

la6 - Introduction

X

X

2a6 - Cultural and

X

X

Social
Anthropology

I

•I

I

Social

X

X

�I
I
I

- 44 -

APPENDIX 11

ELECTIVES WITH RESPECT TO SPECIALIZATION

GENERAL

3a6 - Dynamic

CLINICAL ~ORTHERN COMMUNITY ADMINISTRATION RESEARCH
X

X

X

X

Aspects of
Culture
3d6 - Methods and

X

Theory in
Ethnology
3b6 - North

-x-

X

X

Anerican
Indian
4a6 - Selected

X

X

Problems
4b6 - Seminar
4e6 - Culture and

X

X

Persona1i ty
4d6 - Advanced
Ethnology
Theory
..

X

�- 45 -

APPEfJDIX 11

ELECTIVES WITH RESPECT TO SPECIALIZATION

GENERAL CLINICAL NORTHERN COMMUNITY ADMINISTRATION RESEARCH

Business
X

302 - Administra-

X

X

tive Practices
421 - Local Govern -

X

X

nEnt and
..

Administration
Nursing
200 - Preventative

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Medicine
207 - Psychiatric

X

308 - Nurse, Family
and Conmun i ty
309 - Behavior

X

Dynamics
315 - Mental Health

X

X

X

�- 46 -

APPENDIX 11

ELECTIVES WITH RESPECT TO SPECIALIZATION

GENERAL CLINICAL ~ORTHERN COMMUNITY ADMINISTRATION RESEARCH

Mathematics
lc6 - Calculus

X

Oa6 - Maths for

X

X

Social
Sciences
2q6 - Statistics

X
..

Physical Education
X

406 - Health

X· .

Education
Liberal Science
100 - Science and

X

X

Man
Education
200 - Educational

X

X

X

X

Psychology
Languages
Native
Languages

X

X

X

�- 47 -

I

APPENDIX 12

BA/BSW PROGRArt'1E - •SEPTEMBER 1973

Year One

I
I

-I

I
I
I
I
I

I

I

I

English 100 - Introduction
Pscyhology 1a6 - Introduction
Sociology la6 - Introduction
Social Work 100 - Introduction

II

III

One optional selection - according to B.A. major
Tutorials (2 hours/week)

Year Two
I

Psychology 2a6 - Child or
2e6 - Physiological
Sociology 2f6 - Social Problems or
2e6 - Social Thought
Social Work 200 - Human Behaviour and SQcial Environment

II

Two options - according to a.

B.A. major

b. area of
III

Tutorials (2 hours/week)

s.w.

specialization

�- 48 -

Year Three
I

Research Methods (Statistics) - Psychology 2c6 or
Sociology 3d6
Social Psychology - Sociology 3b6 or
Psychology 3d6
Social Work 311 (Methods) and
321 (Field Work)
Social Work 300 (major paper}

II

One optional selection - according to a. B.A. major
b. S.W. specialization

III

Tutorials (2 hours/week) -

Year Four

A.

(B.A./8.S.W. Full Progra11111e}
I

Social Work 400 - Field Placement
Social Work 402 - Advanced Methods

II

Four options - according to a.

B.A. major

b. area of S. W. $pecialization
III

Tutorials (2 hours/week)

�I
I

- 49 -

B.

{B.A. graduates)
I
All of the S.W. courses offered must be completed
II

All required courses at all year levels must be completed

�IJ

�</text>
                  </elementText>
                </elementTextContainer>
              </element>
            </elementContainer>
          </elementSet>
        </elementSetContainer>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <collection collectionId="4">
      <elementSetContainer>
        <elementSet elementSetId="1">
          <name>Dublin Core</name>
          <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
          <elementContainer>
            <element elementId="50">
              <name>Title</name>
              <description>A name given to the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="618">
                  <text>Lakehead University Collection</text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
            <element elementId="41">
              <name>Description</name>
              <description>An account of the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="619">
                  <text>Photographs from Lakehead University's history: people, events,  and campus. </text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
          </elementContainer>
        </elementSet>
      </elementSetContainer>
    </collection>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130431">
                <text>A Proposal for a Bachelor of Social Work Degree at Lakehead University</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="49">
            <name>Subject</name>
            <description>The topic of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130432">
                <text>Universities</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="41">
            <name>Description</name>
            <description>An account of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130433">
                <text>A Proposal for a Bachelor of Social Work Degree, Combined Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Social Work at Lakehead University to start September 1973. The brief proposed by the Office of the Dean of Arts outlines aspects of the programme, analysis of the demand, history and philosophy with quantitative appendicies. </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="39">
            <name>Creator</name>
            <description>An entity primarily responsible for making the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130434">
                <text>Lakehead University</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130435">
                <text>1973-09</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="42">
            <name>Format</name>
            <description>The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130436">
                <text>PDF</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="44">
            <name>Language</name>
            <description>A language of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130437">
                <text>English</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="51">
            <name>Type</name>
            <description>The nature or genre of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130438">
                <text>Text</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="43">
            <name>Identifier</name>
            <description>An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130439">
                <text>U15c</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="38">
            <name>Coverage</name>
            <description>The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130440">
                <text>Canada - Ontario - Thunder Bay</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="15247" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="18851">
        <src>https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/eb349528b43f7a80710e1e0eee6f79fe.pdf</src>
        <authentication>5fadff5c60453f82fe51a7c15f57aedf</authentication>
        <elementSetContainer>
          <elementSet elementSetId="4">
            <name>PDF Text</name>
            <description/>
            <elementContainer>
              <element elementId="52">
                <name>Text</name>
                <description/>
                <elementTextContainer>
                  <elementText elementTextId="129252">
                    <text>�PSYCHOLOGY 2z6 and 3z6
FAMILY LIFE PROGRAM: AN EVALUATION
PAGE

I

Introduction

1

Budget
Information on students

4

(a)
(b)

number of students and average age
marks on entering Lakehead University and
marks for Psychology 2z6 and 3z6
(c)
occupations
geographical locations from which students
(d)
originated
(e)
academic background of students
(f)
course enrolment data for Family Life
students
Students' course evaluation
Group Leaders' course evaluation
Correlations between student and group leader
course evaluation
Recommendation concerning the Family Life Program
Guest Lecturers' comments and opinions
Appendix I: Family Life Program Brochure Course description and list of guest lecturers

5
5

s
6
6
8
9

10

21
25
26
28

33

�... 2 -

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

'I
I
I

University of California received 2000 applications for a course des_igned to
accommodate i100 students.
The nature of the program offered by Lakehead University this summer
was unique. Leading authorities on Family Life and Sex Education were invited
to Lakehead University as guest lecturers and served as the focal point for
the course. The l~st of invited speakers is impressive and there can be no
doubt that most of them have reached the apex of scholarship and academic
achievement (see App-endix I). There is· · no other Family Life course
offered in North America which can make the same claim. Moreover, the
students are expos~d to each speaker on a more informal basis during discussion group periods, luncheons, evening sessions and so on. The course took
on some of the characteristics of total immersion where the involvement in
the course did not end with the end of each daily session.
It has been suggested that the course offered by Lakehead University is
not within the bounds of a Psychology Department particularly in the light of
the fact that 90% of the stud~nts we~~ teachers (s~e page 6). In support
of this position is the argument that the course d-e als with sociol_o gical,
cultural, philosophical and religious questions_ as well as material_ germane to
Psychology. It should be pointed out, however, that the department in which
any subject is taught is not predetermined by the profession of the students
taking the course. Moreover, when there is any discussion of human sexuality
we must inevitably come to the position where we have to consider the individual ..
Over the last few years there has been an obvious demand on the part of
the public for more and more information about sex. Past and current best
selling books such as Reuben's "Everything You Wanted to Know About Sex" are
_indicative of a real need which exists within the community. Nor should it
be construed that the plethora of popular magazine articles and books dealing
with sex are for the consumption of teenagers. It would seem that this need
exists across all segments of society.
This flood of information can be attributed to two principle causes_;
the need for young people to learn about and direct their own sexuality and
for everyone to understand the changes;~n sexual attitu~es and the direction
which our "new morality" is taking.

�- 3 • In most cases, the students taking the Family Life Pr_ogram are first
and foremost concerned with their own beliefs and attitudes about sex. It
is to be expected that for any primary or high school teacher to be able
to conduct classes in sex education he must first feel at ease about his
own sexuality. This is not .to imply that we are attempting to bring about
attitude change or to induce "modern" views about sexuality in our students.
It should, however, be apparent that we must deal with each student at a
-pers·onal and i·ndtvidual leve·l.
To achieve a personal level .the course made use of discussion groups.
The aim of the groups was to provide a permissive and accepting atmosphere
which would induce free dialogue and exchange. The majority of students
reported that they found the discussion grqups to be as valuable as the
morning lectures. Each group was led by a person known to us as having
the experience and capabilities to carry out a skilled and delicate task.
The expense, time, and energy required to_ establish a program such
as Family Life can only be justified by demonstrating that such a ·program
reaches an acceptable academic level. The course offered this summer was
completely evaluated in a twelve page questionnaire distributed to both
the stud·ents· and the group leaders (see pag·es 10 through 24) . Moreover,
the students were evaluated by means of two major essays (or an essay and
curriculum guide for teachers), group participation, book reports and a
final examination.

�I
I

4

BUDGET FOR FAMILY LIFE PROGRAM
Income from 181 students
(361 course credits)
Overa1i costs (including
guest lecturers, fees, salaries,
library books, etc.)
Income to the University

I
I

\:

$100,800.00

ll
40,000.00
$ 61,800.00

It is expected that in future years the overall cost of the course
could be reduced considerably by a reducation . in the number of administrative personnel {approximately $7000.00). In addition to this, the expense
incurred ~or library books would be considerably reduce~ (this year the
cost was $2000.00).

�I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I

-5-

INFORMATION ON STIJDENTS

The following data was obtained from registration information and a
questionnaire distributed to the 181 students enrolled in the Summer Family
Life Program.
Total ·Number····o·f-..'Student·s

181
30.26 years
44.00 years
9.98 years •

Average Age
Range
Standard Deviation

No student was admitted to the pr_ogram without an average of at least
63% on previous University or Teachers' College courses. There were no .
significant differences between the marks on entering the course and the
marks obtained for Psychology 2z6 and 3z6 (Family Life Program)
Average mark upon enteri.ng the Family Life course
Median
Mode
Standard Deviation

68.27%
67.00%
63.00%
4.66%

Average mark for Psyc,hology
Median

2z6

70.92%
71.00%
69.00%
5.15%

Average mark for Psychology 3z6
Median

69.09%
68.00%
68.00%
4.98%

Mode

I
I

Standard Deviation

ilaode

Standard Deviation

....

�- 6 -

Occupation of students entering the course
Teachers
Nurses
Clergy
Students
Counsellors
No record

90.60%
1.65%
1 ·.6s%

1.65%
3.31%
1.10%

GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATIONS
The following is a list~ng of geographicai locations from which
students in the Family Life Program originated and the number of students
from each location.
ALBERTA
Edmonton

2

NEWFOUND LAND
Labrador City
Spaniard Bay

3

NOVA SCOTIA
Halifax
Inverness County

l

ONTARIO
Atikokan
Aurora
Aylmer
Beardmore
Bradford
Bramlea
Burwick
Chapleau
Downsview
Dryden

1

1

s
2

1
1
1
1

1
1
2
4

�I
I

- 7,-

Emo
Fort Frances
Geraldton
Ge~rgetown
Hamilton
Kenora
Keswick
King City
Kitchener
London
Mal~orytown
Manitouwadge
Marathon
Markham
Midland
Mississauga
Murillo
Nakina
Newmarket
Nipigon
North Bay
Orangeville
'Oshawa
Peterbrough
Port Hope
Red Rock
Richmond Hill
Saint Thomas
Sault Ste. Marie
Scarboro
Schreiber
Sioux Lookout
Sioux Narrows
Stratton

2
2

3

l
l
2
2
2

l
l
l
2

1
2

3

4

1
l
3
l
3

l
3

1
2
2
2

2
2
4

4
3
2

1
1·1.1

�·- 8 -

Terrace Bay
Thorold
Thunder Bay
Timmins
Toronto
Waterloo
Wellsely
Westbrook
Whitby
Willowdale
York
Unknown
TOTAL

3.

2
53
1

8
9

·l
1

2
3

l

2

................................................ 181

ACADEMIC BACKGROUND
This information details the academic background and future university
career plans for students enrolled in the Family -Life Program
Students with degrees
Students without degrees
Unknown

I
I
I
I
I

Students
Students
Students
Students
Students

36

141
4

planning to take d_e grees (1st degree or higher) 127
planning or now having a degree in Psychology
54
planning or now having a degree in other fields 93
with no present or fut~re degree plans
50
with no degree or plans to obtain a degree
30

A number of students have requested credit transfer for the Family
Liie cc~rse to other universities.
Number of Credit Tr.ansfers requested
No credit transfer request
Undecided
Unknown

48

120
9

4

i

I

_I I

�I
I

- 9 . COURSE ENROLMENT DATA FOR
FAMILY LIFE STUDENTS

The majority of students enrolled in the Family Life ~rogram had never
attended Lakehead University before.

I
I

Number of students having taken Lakehead Univeristy
courses previously
Number of students not having taken Lakeh~ad University
courses previously
Unknown

.,83.

94
. 4

The following data is a breakdown of the areas in which students would
have enrolled if the Family Life Program had not been offered.
Number of students who
Lakehead University if
Number of students who
Psychology
Number of students who
other field
Unknown

would not have enrolled at
Family Life was not· offered
would have enrolled in

98 ·
43

would have enrolled in some
36
4

l
j

I

i

I

�;.. 10

STIJDENTS'
COURSE EVALUATION
The information on the followi_ng pages constitutes the findi_ngs from
the course evaluation questionnaires distributed to the students.
The ratings of the lectures, methods and materials workshop, the
discussion and curriculum groups, and the characteristics of the course
were made on a five point scale. The results are listed as the mean ·
.r ating .and .t he -~s.tandud ..dev.a.-a,t-4on--i.-nddtc-a°t':rng ·•di·sp·e rsion arotmd 'the mean.
The books and guest lecturers were rank-ordered by the students with
the number (1) indicating the best in both categories.

I
I

•I
•
•
•I
I

•
•

�.:. 11 -

Student's estimate of the value of the various content areas of the lectures.
Instructions: Use the following scale in recording your ~valuation of the
various content areas covered in the lectures. Check one rating for each of
the lectures listed below:
Rating 5:

The content of the lecture was extremely pertinent and of
maximum value.

Rating 4:

The content of the lecture was very pertinent and of considerable valueo

Rating 3:

The content of the lecture was pertinent and of value.

Rating 2:

The content of the lecture had little pertinance or value.

Rating l:

The content of the lecture had no pertinance or value.

CONTENT AREAS COVERED
1.

2.
3.

4.

s.
6.
7.

8.

9.

Historical Analysis of Human Sexuality
(Lafreniere)
Anatomy and Physiology of Reproductive
Organs (Malloy)
North American Courtship Spiral
(Broderick)
Values and the Person regarding Sex,
Love and the Home (Bertocci)
The Person in Sex Education
(Beniskos)
Human Relations in Sex Bducation
(Beniskos)
The Psychology of Interpersonal
Attraction, Mate Selection and Love
(Luckey)
Development of Interpersonal Relationships
(Luckey)
The Range of Current Concepts of Sex
.and Sexuality (Hiltner)

MEAN

STANDARD DEVIATION

3.89

0.88

4,59

0.89

3.92

0.92

3.73

0.99

4,20

0.99

3.95

1.02

3. 71

0.89

3. 71

0.95

2.85

0.96

�- 12 -

MEAN
10.

Jl.
12.
~3.
14.

15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.

22.
23.

24.
25.

A Modern Theological Understanding of
Human Sexuality (Hiltner)
2.83
Sexuality and Love: A Modern Analysis
drawing upon theology and the social sciences
(Hiltner)
2.82
The Psychology. of Passionate Love
(Evans)·
2·.05
The Images of Man
(Kennedy)
The Values of Man
(Kennedy)
4.10
Identity, Choice and Commitment
(Lang)
3.83
Destruction or reconstruction:
Values in Conflict (Lang)
3.80
Interpersonal Relationships in the
Changing Family (Klemer &amp;Smith)
3.73
The Inadequacy of Sex Education
(Klemer &amp;Smith)
3.63
Specialized Problems in Intra-family
.. 3.67
Communication (Klemer &amp;Smith)
Sex Education - What, When, How, Who
(Axelson, Deleski, Marshalok)
3.79
Family Life and Sex Education as a
Preventative to Family Disintegration
(Lockett)
2.81
Family Interaciton Patterns
(Messer)
4.08
Family Myths as a Major Variable in
Family Interaction Patterns
3,97
(Messer)
The Importance of "Family Role" as a
Construct in Understanding the Family
(Messer)
4.10
The Effects of Religion on the Family
(Baum)
3.69

STANDARD DEVIATION
0.99

1.00

1.09
1.03
1.03

0.88

0.88
0.98
1.01

1.05

1.08

1.07
0.87

0.85

iI

i

I
•f

t
0.87
1.20

I

~I

I

II

�-

13 -

Methods and Materials Workshop and Written Ass.ignments.
Instruction:
below:

Using the following rati~gs evaluate each of the items listed.

Rating S:

This aspect of the course was extremely pertinent and of maximum
value.

Rating 4:

This aspect of the· course was very pertinent and of considerable
va1ue.

Rating 3:

This aspect of the course was _pertinent and of value.

Rating 2:

This aspect of the course had little pertinance or value,

Rating 1:

This aspect of the course had no pertinance or value.

ASPECTS OF THE PROGRAM E\!ALUATBD·

1.
2.

3.
4.

Films
Presentations by senior group or
group leaders
Student Book reviews
Out of class assignments
(a) Your philosophy, statement of
values and objectives
(b) Curriculum guide (or second essay)

-

MEAN-

STANDARD DEVIATION

3.57
3.SS

1.02

3,00

0.85
!"'

4.01
2.96

0.73
0.94

!

I
L

•

t

l
I

I
I

l

!

I
II

l
I

i

:

I
\

!
l

i

'

�- 14 -

Please give your rank-ordering for the various guest lecturers. Look over
the list and decide who you thought was the best lecturer and put a number
1 next to that persons name. Decide who was next best and put 2 next to
his/her name. Continue with this procedure until each lecturer has been

assigned a number.

LECTURER
. ,QB,TA.IN£0. ..,R.A.~K .ORDER I,NG

I

I
I

I
I

Fr. Leo J. Lafreniere
Dr. J. J. Malloy
Dr. c. B. Broderick
Dr. P. A. Bertocci
Dr. J. M. Beniskos
Dr. E. B. Luckey
Dr. s. Hiltner
Dr. J. Evans
Dr. E. Kennedy
Dr. L. H. Lang
Drs. Klemer &amp;Smith
Mr. J. Lockett
Dr. A. Messer
Dr. G. Baum

5
l
4
6

2
9

12
14
3

8
10
13

7
11

�- 15 -

I

•II
II

•
•
•
•I
I

•I
•I
•I

Please give your rank-ordering for the required texts and follow the procedure
used in the previous question and assign the number 1 to what you consider the
best text .
TEXTS
Sex, Love and the Person - Bertocci
Illustrated Sex Atlas Clark
Your Child's. Sex Life - Dillon &amp;Imbiorski
Why Wait Till Marriage - Duvall
The Man and the Woman .. Evoy &amp; ·o 'Keefe
The ·First Nine Months of Life - Flan_agan
The Art of Loving - Fromm
Love and Sex in Plain Language - Johnson
Family Living and Sex Education - Ortho
Symposium - Ortho
Beyond Sex Instruction - Otena
Sin, Sex and Self Control - Peale
TI1e Psychology of Sex - Schwarz
Family Life and Sex Education• Schulz and Williams
The Physiology of Sex - Walker
Curriculum Guide - Rochester Edition
Insights into Family Life and Sex Education - Lafreniere
Understanding

OBTAINED RANK ORDERING
6
9
11
13
10
1

4
S
6
12
17
18

14
3
16

15
2
8

�- 16 -

I

The discussion groups were rated by the students on each of the 10
questions below. The data was then broken down and the mean ratings on
each question for each group leader are listed on the following page.
Using the nwµbers and the spaces provided rate each of the statements
on the foli'owing scale~

I

Strongly disagreed
(2) Disagree
(3) Neutral
(4) Agree
(S). Strongly agree

(1)

1.
2.
3.
4.
S.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

The group leader showed good leadership ability.
The material discussed in the group was valuable.
The group leader showed interest in the course.
The group leader interested me in the course.
The group leader stimulated new viewpoints and appreciations.
The group leader inspired confidence in his knowledge of the subject.
The group leader showed a positive attitude towards his task.
The group leader made comments and criticisms which helped me to
improve my work.
The group discussions provided valuable skills - methods, ways of
thinking, organizing concepts, etc.
I liked the way my mark for group participation was determined.

�- 17 -

EVALUATION RESULTS - DISCUSSION GROUPS
Terry Axelson
Peggy Beagle
Arieh Bonder
Mary Ann Bortolon
Dawn Capricci
Nest.or Chehow¥
Dick Courtis
Jerry Cullen
Brahm Friedlander
Eunice Gastmier
Mary Giannone
David Hart
Steve Kerekes
Derek McLauchlan
Jim Morris
Mike Timgren

I

1
2
-3
4
s
6
7
4.45 3.45 4.72 3.63
8
9
10
3.72 3.90 4.36 2.90
3.27
1.63
4.66 4.88 4.77 4.33
4.71 4;44 4.77 4.77
4.66 4.88
4.60 4.70 4.70 4.30
4.70 4.30 4.70 4.30
4.50 2.80
4.50 4.11 s.oo 4.11
4.00 4.22 4.88 3.88
4.00 2.22
4.81 4.36 4.81 4.36
4.72 4.54 4.81 4.18
4.18 1.90
--4. 7·5 4.--58 -~s-:oo 4.'75 4 .•66
4.33 s.oo s.oo 4.25
2.25
l.92 3.30 2.00 2.00
.3.69 2.84 2.30 2.46
2.53 3.53
4.90 4.60 4.90 4.60
4.40 4.70 4.so 4.30
4.30 2.90
4.45 4.27 3.63 3.63
4.45 3.36 4.09 4.18
3.36 l.36
4.40 4.30 4.70 3.70
3.90 3.90 4.10 3.60
3.70 3.40
2.81 4.00 4.36 2.12
2.45 2.63 3.72 2.12
3.81 2.18
4.40 4.10 4.20 3.50
4.10 3.90 4.20 3.80
3.70 3.10
4.77 4.22 4.66 4.44
4.00 4.00 4.77 3.66
3.66 3.22
2.36 3.00 2.81 2.63
3.36 2.45 2.18 2.36
2.36 2.36
4.33 4.44 4.77 4.22
4.22 4.22 4.77 3.77
3.66 2 .11
4.80 4.60 4.80 4.00
4.70 4.40 4.80 4.40
4.40 2.60

�- 18 -

The data for the curriculum groups has been dealt with in a manner
identical to the data for the discussion groups.
Using the numbers and the spaces provided rate each of the statements
.on the follow~ng scale:
(1)

{2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
1.

2.
3.
4.

s.
6.

7.
8.
9.

10.

Strongly disagr~e
Disagree
Neutral
Agree
Stro~gly agree

The group leader showed good leadership ability.
The material discussed in the group was valuable.
The group leader showed interest in curriculum planning.
The group leader interested me in curriculum planning.
The group leader stimulated new viewpoints and appreciations.
The group leader inspired confidence in his knowledge of curriculum
planning.
The group leader showed a positive attitude towards his task.
The group leader made comments and criticisms which helped me to improve
my work.
Group discussions provided valuable skills - methods, ways of thinking,
organizing concepts etc.
Curriculum groups should be continued.

;I

\

I

I.

I.
\I
I
I

I

�19 -

EVALUATION RESULTS - CURRICULUM GROUPS
1

I

Terry Axelson
Peggy Beagle
Arieh Bonder
Mary Ann Bortolon
Dawn Capricci
.N.estor ,Chehowy
Dick Courtis
Jerry Cullen
Brahm Friedlander
Eunice Gastmier
Mary Giannone
David Hart
Steve Kerekes
Derek McLauchlan
Jim Morris
Mike Timgren

4.00
3.08
3.00

4.14
4.70
S.65
2.20
4.87
3.62
1.85
3.00
2.68
4.25
3.44
3.87
3.27

2

3

2.17 3.11

4

3.00
3.08 3.00 2.50
2.38 2.84 2.00
3.42 4.57 4.28
4.10 3.30 2.80
·2~·72 4~·00 3.4S
2.90 1.30 1.50
4.50 4.87 4.37
3.50 3.62 3.00
1.85 1.57 1.71
2.90 3.81 3.00
2.31 2.81 2.31
3.83 4.33 3.66
3.22 2.87 2.62
2.50 3.62 3.25
2.63 3.81 2o36

5
4.00
2,91

2.46
4.14
4.70
3.09
• 4 .oo
4.50
4.00
1.57
2.63
3.12
4.16
4.11

2.87
2.81

6
3.77
2.16
1.69
4.57
2.80
3.81
1.50
4.62
2.25
1.71
2.90
2.50
4.08
2.75
3.62
2.36

8
9
3.77 3.22
3.08 2.91
2.38 1.76
3. 71 3.28
3.50 3.50
3.45 2.72
1.90 2.10 2.40
4.62 4.50 4.12
3.00 2.62 3.12
1.71 1.57 1.71
4.36 3.54 2.90
3.12 2.75 2.25
4.53 3.84 3.69
3.00 3.22 3.00
4.50 3.37 2.50
3.81 3.45 2.54
7
4.22
2.91
3.46
4.85
4.70
4 .18

10
2.33
2.00
2.38
3.42
3.00
2.54
2.10
3.75
2.25
7..42
2.18
2.31
2.84
2.55
1.50
2.18

l

,-

•
II
\

I

�- 20

-

The students were asked to rate the following questions on a (5) point
semantic differential. A mean of 5.00 would indicate the top rating for any
part~cular question.
MEAN

l.

2.

II

3.

4.
5.
6.

7.

II

..
•

Are the objectives of the course clear?
Is the amount of work required
appropriate for the credit received?
Was the assi.gn.ed .re.ading ..,dif:fioult·?
Are the tests fair?
Are the grades assigned fairly
How would you rate the contribution of
the textbooks to the course?
Considering all of the above qualities,
how would you rate this course?

STANDARD DEVIATION

4.19

1.07

2.26

0.84
0.70

s -. ,31.

.I
i

2.78
2 . 91

L22

3.14

1.02

4.23

0.77

1.25

l

�•
•
•
•
•
I

GROUP LEADERS'
COURSE EVALUATION
The information on the following pages is the course evaluation from
the group leaders. The format is exactly the same as that for the students
but is compiled in a more concise manner .

EVALUATION OF LECTURES
1.
2.
3.
4.

s.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10 .
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.

Historical Analysis of Human Sexuality (Lafreniere)
Anatomy and Physiology of Reproductive Organs (Malloy)
North American Courtship Spiral (Broderick)
Values and the Person regarding Sex, Love and the Home
(Bertocci)
The Person in Sex Education (Beniskos)
Human Relations in Sex Education (Beniskos)
The Psychology of Interpersonal Attraction, Mate Selection
and Love (Luckey)
Development of Interpersonal Relationships (Luckey)
The Range of Current Concepts of Sex and Sexuality {Hiltner)
A Modern Theological Understanding of Human Sexuality (Hiltner)
Sexuality and Love: A Modern Analysis drawing upon theology
and the social sciences (Hiltner)
Psychology of Passionate Love (Evans)
The Images of Man (Kennedy)
The Values of Man (Kennedy)
Identity, Choice and Commitment {Lang)
Destruction or reconstruction: Values in Conflict (Lang)
Interpersonal Relationships -in the Changing Family
(Klemer &amp;Smith)
The Inadequacy of Sex Education (Klemer &amp;Smith)
Specialized Problems in Intra-family Communication
(Klemer &amp;Smith).
Sex Education - What, When, How, Who (Axelson, Deleski,
Marshalok)
Family Life and Sex Education as a Preventative to Family
Disintegration (Lockett)

3.93
4.75
4.2S
3.75
3.87
3.81
4.00
4ol2
3~06
2.87
2.68
2.31
3.68
3.75
4.25
4.12
3.87

3.81
3.75
3.93
2.93

I

�- 22 -

I
I
I
I
I
I

22.

Family Interaction Patterns (Messer)

23.

Family Myths as a Major Variable in Family Interaction
Patterns (Messer)

24.

The Importance of "Fami_ly Role" as a Construct in Understanding
the Family (Messer)

25.

The Effects of Religion on the Family_(Baum)

4.18
3.93

4.12
3.43

f

I

�j1

-

23 -

ASPECTS OF THE PROGRAM
1.
2.
3.
4.

Films
Presentations by senior_ group o~ group leaders
Student book reviews
Out of class assignments:
(a) Y0uT· ·phi-lo-sophy, st·atement ·of ·va'lues ·and objectives
(b) Curriculum guide .(or second essay)

3.37
3.56"
2.75
4.18
3.31

RANK ORDERING OF LECTIJRERS
Dr. J. J. Malloy
Dr. C. B. Broderick
br. A. Messer
Dr. L. H. La_ng
Dr. E. B. Luckey
Dr. P. A. Bertocci
Fr. L. J. Lafreniere
Dr. J. M. Beniskos
Dr. E. Kennedy
LJrs. Klemer &amp;Smith
Dr. G. Baum
Dr. s. Hiltner
Mr. J. Lockett
Dr. J. Evans

1
2.

3
4
5

6

7
8
9

10
11

12
13
14

�- 24 -

I

RANK - ORDERING OF REQUIRED TEXTS

I
I

•
I

The First Nine Months of Life Flanagan
Family Life and Sex Education - Schulz and Williams
The Art of Loving - Fromm
Sex, Love and the Person - Bertocci
Insights into Family Life and Sex Education - Lafreniere
Illustrated Sex Atlas - Clark
Family Living and Sex Education
Understanding - Ortho
Love and Sex in Plain Language - Johnson
Symposium~ Ortho
The Man and the Woman - Envoy &amp;O'Keefe
Beyond Sex Instruction - Otena
curriculum Guide - Rochester Edition
The Physiology of Sex - Walker
Your Child's Sex Life - Dillon &amp; Imbiorski
11le Psychology of Sex Schwarz
~Jhy Wait Till Marriage - Duvall
Sini Sex and Self Control - Peale

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

8
9
10
11

12
13

14
15
16

17
18

CHARACTERISTICS OF THE COURSE
1.
2.
3.
4.

I

s.
6.

7.

I

Are the objectives of the course clear?
Is the amount of work required appropriate for the credit
received?
Was the assigned reading difficult?
Are the tests fair?
Are the grades assigned fairly?
How would you rate the contribution of the textbooks to the
course?
Considering all of the above qualities, how would you rate
this course?

MEAN
4.00
2.43
2.68
2.69
2.57
2.68
3.87

�- 25 -

CORRELATIONS :~ETWEEN STUDENT AND
GROUP LEADER COURSE llVALUATIONS
This data indicates the degree to which th~ group leaders _a greed with
the ratings on the course ev~luatio~ given by the students.
1.

Estimate of the value of the various content areas of the lectures.
·Cor·r el:~ion between ·students and: group leaders !:. =

2.

Methods and materials workshop and written assignments.
r • 0.87

-

3.

4.

s.

I

Rank-ordering o~ guest lecturers
r

= 0.71

r

•

Rank-ordering of books
0.87

Characteristics of the course
r

=

0.92

O. 78

�- 26 -

RECOMMENDATIONS
CONCERNING THE FAMILY LIFE PROGRAM
The evaluation of the course, along with other observations, has led
me to make specific recommendations for future Family Life Programs.
1.

The Program should be directed and administered solely through the
Department of Psychology.

2.

That the resources of other departments within the University be
drawn upon whenever possible.
That teachers registering for the course should be allowed to
prepare curriculum guides as directed by their school boards.
That an expert in curriculum planning in Family Life be hired
for a one week period in order to provide specific instruction
for teachers.

3.
4.

S.

6.

7.

8.

I

That group leaders be given training• in curriculum planning prior
to the start of the course (see curriculum group leaders evaluation,
pages 18 and 19).
That non-teacher students be allowed to take the course for one
credit and be required to attend the morning lectures and the
discussion groups only.
That the selection of required texts be made through consultation
with the Department of Psychology, and professionals in the area
of Family Life, with a view to upgrading the level of required texts
(see rank-ordering of texts, pages 15 and 24).
That guest lecturers who will provide exposure and provoke discussi~n
about all aspects of sex and sexuality ranging from the Playboy philosophy to the Vatican be invited. This will necessitate dropping a
number of speakers who did not rate highly on the evaluation. The
selection of guest lecturers would be made in consultation with
professionals in the area.·

�- 27 -

It is my opinion that the Family Life Program_is a worthwhile and
effective course that should not be dropped by Lakehead University. It is
also apparent that other persons from outside the Un~versity concur with
this opinion (see pages 28 through 32.) Moreover, Lakehead University has
the opportunity to continue offering a course which has been acclaimed by
visiting guest lecturers who are expert in the field. Equally important is
_that .t he University is .att~ac.t ing students from all .across Canada (pag.e 6)
and providing· a very real and necessary service to the community. In
addition, it should be noted that the course provided a substantial income
to the University which, in our present time of need, will do much to
alleviate some of the administration's financial problems.
In the preparation of this brief, I have attempted to use the data
collected during the course as well as my own observations and opinions.
The information contained within this report is based on registration information and the student evaluations. All of this data is available to anyone who wishes to investigate more fully the findings reported here.

Respectfully submitted

Keith Wood, Academic Director
FAMILY LIF.E PROGRAM

KW/bmc

...

�- 28 -

GUEST LECTURERS' COMMENTS
AND OPINIONS
As part of our course evaluation, each guest lecturer was asked for
his or her opinion of the course. The letters on the following pages are
responses received to this date. It is expected that other statements will
be forthcoming.
Also included are ·newsclippi-ng-s •taken ,f ,r-om -local papers which published
accounts of a news conference held during the second week of the program.

r

�• l?RINCETON THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
PR!NCETON, NEW JERSEY 08540

&amp;!::WARD HILTNER
PIIOF'ES0OR OP' THltOLOGY

AND PEltSONALITY

November 8, 1971

I

-..

Professor Keith Wood
Ac·ademic Director

FAMILY LIFE PROGRAM
Lakehead University
Postal Station P
Thunder Bay, Ontario, Canada
Dear Dr.• Wood :
I have your letter of November 1 inviting any comments
of appraisal that I might have concerning the summer Family
Life Program at Lakehead University in which I participated last
summer for three days. As I believe I told you orally, I had ,ft
very favorable impression of the course as a whole. So far as the
outside lecturers are concerned, it did seem to me that a somewhat
broader range of view points might be approached, even though I
would certainly not reconnnend that the complete spectrum of current
view points be covered.
My participation in the two types of afternoon discussion~
groups was of course very brief~I could see, nevertheless,the point
in having the two types of discussion groups. But I wonder_ed if the
two types might alternate meeting days, thus allowing for deeper
discussions of the matter at issue during any one session. I
offe~ this suggestion very tentatively indeed.
I saw only a few of the films but was impressed with their
selection. Also, they came at a time of day when the groups tend
to be tired and perhaps they have some value as entertainment as
well as education.

I am glad to hear that you can anticipate obtaining acceptance
of this program for next year by the senate of Lakehead University.
Sincerely,

,/~L-._. ec-,-d lcicr::;_.J
Seward Hiltner
SH/hlc

�V

BOSTON UNIVERSITY
DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY
232 Bay State Road, BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02215

November 51&gt; 1971
rofessor Keith Wood, Academic Director
amily Li~e Program
Lakeheacl University
epartmen-t of Psychology
stal St at ion P
under Bay, Ontario, Canada
Professor Wood,
I think it would be impertient of me to say more--since my presence has
ways been limited to two or three days--than that the Family Life Program as I
ve known it has been marked by unusually strong motivation, range and relevance.
b~ther Lafreniere has been unusually fortunate in being able to engage the persons he
s. As I said this summer, I'd be glad to have this kind and quality of program
my university. The students are not on a summer vacat_ion and "getting credits"
r it.

The only additional remark .is that a somewhat experimental program in this
should be tailored to the particular students and their backgrounds and tasks.
the program as I have known it, the students come to know themselves.as they talk
each other and try to envision a new horizon for their schools.

I

-i

Yours cord~ally,
,
:' -'··~~-·· Cl

•

.,

-

J·:.,~·" fc.:--c..~

Peter A. Bertocci
Borden Parker Bowne Professor
of Philosophy
by Professor Bertocci and
1gned in his absence by his secretary.

�UNIVERSITY OF OTTAWA

UNIVERSITE D'OTTAWA
OTTAWA ONTARIO

CANADA K1N 6N5

FACULTY OF EDUCATION

FACULTE D'~DUCAT!ON

GRADUATE STUDIES

ETUDES SUPERIEURES

November 4, 1971.

Mro Keith Wood,
Academic Director,
Family Life Program,
Lakehead Lniversity,
Postal Station P,
Thunder Bay, Ontario.

Dear Mr. Wood:

My participation to the Family Life Program consisted of
On this basis,
evaluation is difficult. The only tentative conclusions that can be
drawn are related to the high acadew~c level of the course and the
students. I was impressed.
l} days of lectures and contacts with students.

Sincerely yours,

)/Jl ~/~eJoM. Beniskos, Ph.Do,
Professor.

JMB/vc

L

,..

�The
University
Connc:fcticut

STORRS, CONNECTICUT 06268
SCHOOL OF HOME ECONOMICS

Department of Child Development and Family Relations

U-117

November 12, 1971
Kr. Keith Wood
Academic Director
Family Life Program
Lakehead University
Postal Station P
Thunder Bay, Ontario, Canad.a
Dear Keith:
This is in response to your November 1st letter asking for
an overall impression of the 1971 course in which I
participated at Lakehead University this past summer. As
you know it is difficult to truly evaluate a program unless
you are a part of the planning, the production and the
follow-up; coming in and seeing only a slice of the program
may warp ones perceptions, and in view of the fact that
this is precisely what I did I'm not sure you can rely
too much on the things I may say. However, for what they
are worth, these are my observations.
There is tremendous need and interest in this field of family
life education; I was amazed at the little background most of
the participants had in this field. Most certainly if family
life education is to be included in the school curriculum it
is necessary for universities to concern themselves with the
preparation of teachers.
The program as it was presented this summer seemed to me to
be rather general in nature and introductory. With the
tremendous number of persons participating and the variety of
backgrounds from which they came, I oan see no other way that
the program could have been approached. It was introductory,
it was general, and I expect for the most pariit fits the
neeci;-'of the participants.
If the course is to be built in to the curriculum as a regular
course rather than a summer offering for teachers it needs to
be specifically planned to include more aspects of family life
education and needs to have prerequisites such as introductory
psychology and introductory sociology built into it. I think
a summer course, however, must be of a different nature,

�Jlr. Keith Wood

Page 2

wheneftr one designs a course to "re-tool" teachers, especially if these have very heterogeneous backgrounds there is a certain tuziness in content.
In our sUIIIID8r courses here we have designed them to emphasize
certain aspects of family life education and have been
selected terls and lectures to fit that theme. For example,
one year we dealt with the sexual oon:tent of family life
education, another year we dealt with the values and philosophical issues involv8d in family life education, still
another .; rear we worked with the counsfnling aapecta involved
in family life education,and still another we worked with
special families such as black faailitts and disadvantaged
families. After a topic is chosen you oan begin to develop
your curric11lum and your reading bibliography.

One aspect of your &amp;WIUl8r program that I liked very mu.oh was
the fact that you had both lectures and small group discussions.
I thillk the participants found this very useful. I would like
to suggest, however, that ~other component be added and that
component is sensitivity or awareness training. I feel that
probably the greatest single feature of our curric~lwn is its
opportunity for its student to participate in awareness training under the leadership of 11ell prepared training facilitators.
Awareness training is so•thing far superior to small group
discussion; it does, however, require trained facilitators and
these are financially expensive. Handling as many people as
were enrolled in your -swmaer institute would be very difficult
as well aa expensive.
I'm aware that this response may not be as specific
have liked but I'm uncertain about the direction in
program plans to move. Perhaps if we tallced on the
could be more helpful, in any case, I hope this has
in the right directionl

as you wo~ld
which your
phone I
been a move

Let• s93 agail'l that I enjoyed being with you this past lnllllller
and wish you well in the establishment of your new program.
Sincerely yours,

~

(Mrs.) Eleanore Braun Luckey, Ph.D.
Professor and Head
EBL:jm

�THE UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA
AT GREENSBORO

November 12, 1971

School of Home Economics

Dr. Keith Wood
Family Life Program
Department of Psychology
Lakehead University
Postal Station P
Thunder Bay, Ontario, Canada
Dear Keith Wood:
I was pleased to get your letter of November 1 and to know that the 1971
Family Life Program had been so successful.
I was very much impressed with the course and particularly with the small
group sessions. In each of the small groups in which I participated, there
was a feeling of group integration that could not help but contribute to
learning and growth. Since I was only there for my own presentation, I am
a poor one to comment on the formal lectures, but I did hear from all with
whom I talked that you had some excellent speakers.
Perhaps your textbook committee would be interested in considering my
own book, MARRIAGE AND FAMILY RELATIONSHIPS, as one possible text for next
year's coursee There are many other good books but I think my stress on the
empathetic approach offers something unique.
Again, thank you for inviting me last sUDDD.er. It was very pleasant to
be with you and to meet your fine colleagues and students.

n. 12 _v w/
c!i£~~u_~
1

Richard H. Klemer, Ph.D.
Professor and Chairman
Child Development and Family Relations

RHK/as

GREENSBORO, NORTH CAROLINA/ 27412

The University of North Carolina at Greensboro; The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill;
The University of North Carolina at Charlotte; North Carolina State University at Raleigh

'nE UNIVERSITY OF NoRTH CAROLINA comprises:

�- 32 -

Excerpt from an article in

DAILY TIMES JOURNAL, July 13, 1971

Dr. Bertocci had high praise
tor the uni\•ersity summer
course.

"I'd give my eye teeth to
have a program like this at Boston University.'• he said. "I',·e
ne,·er seen this done anywhere
. else. It·s a pilot projt"ct.
' ·'This is my third year and
there's something going on
here. I wish I could shout it
from the roof tops.
"Suddenly people have become aware of sex but this is
tlte first time I've been somewhere where we could _ talk
: honestly about sex. A nun came
·up to me and said this was the
first time she had found an\'- -

one who realized she had a sex i
life.u

Excerpt from an article in the NEWS CHRONICLE, July 13, 1971
A nnt~d American philosopher.·
~ays the
family life course heing i.pon~orcd by LakC'head Unh·ersitv is

Dr. Peter Bcrtncci

!)Me of the most outstanding he's
~een or heard of in North
Am&lt;'rica.
The c h a i r m a n of the
psycholoty dC'partment of the
University o( Boston, who is one
In a series of lecturr.rs speakin~
Jlt the six-week course, said he
is· amazed at the ·quRlity of the
• course and the numher of topflh:ht per~onn~l that ha\'e been
attracted to speak.

"Any of the uninm;ities in the
United States would like to have
a cour~e of this quality and I
know we certainly wouid at
Boston

uni\'er!.ity,"

said

Dr.

Bertoccl.
He said hr w::R ~!sn imrr'?~s:Pn
with the dialo:rne that ,zoes on

among the students t.1'ing the.

course.

•

���II

index

•II

II

II
II
II
II
II

II

II

•
•II
•

...._____

Introduction ............... . ........... . ......... . ... .
Admission Requirements ............................. .
Registration . .. ... . ......... .. .. ... .. . .... . ...........
Fees ........ .. .. . .... .. ........ . .....................
Residences . .. ....................... .. ...... .. .......
Guest Lecturers and Topics ..... . ........ . ....... . ... . .
Public Lectures . ... . .. . . ..............................
Daily Schedule ... . ................ . . . ............... . .
Lecture Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8 to
July
July
July
Ju ly
Ju ly
July
July
July
July
July

5
6
7
8, 9
12, 13, 14
15. 16
19. 20
21. 22, 23
27, 28
29. 30

Aug . 2. 3, 4
Aug . 6
Aug . 9.10, 11
Aug. 12, 13

Leo J Lafreniere, O.M.I,
Rollo May Ph.D. . , ........ .
J. J . Malloy. M D.
. ....... .
C B. Broderick, Ph.D
P A. Bertocci, Ph.D
J. M. Beniskos. Ph.D. . . ....... .
E B. Luckey, Ph D
........ .
S. Hiltner. Ph D. . .
. ...... .
E C. Kennedy, Ph D.
. ....... .
L. H. Lang, II, Ed D. .
. ....... .
R. H. Klemer, PhD. &amp; R. M. Smith, Ph.D.
J. D. Lockett. M A.
. . . . . ..... .
A. A. Messer, M.D.
G. A. Baum, Th. D. ..

page 3
page 4
page 4
page 4
page 5
page 6
page 7
page 7
page 15 incl.

......... page 8
. . .. . .. .
page 8
page 9
pag e 9
pag e 9,10
pag e 10
page 10,11
page 11 ,12
page 12
page 12
page 13
page 14
page 14, 15
page 15

Required Texts ........ .... . . .................. ... . . . .
Reference Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Journals ........ . . . . . ....... . ............... .. .. . . ...
Audio-V isual Material .. . ... ... . . .. . . ... ........ . ...... .

page
page
page
page

16
17
18,19
20

1

��introduction

The Family Life Program is now entering its fourth year
of operation and for the first time is under the direction
of the Department of Psychology at Lakehead University.
Over the last three years more than 350 people (from
seven provinces, the United States, the United Kingdom
and Ceylon) have taken the course. This year's enrolment is expected to be 180. In the past, the majority of
applications have been from teachers, nurses, clergymen and administrative officials in the field of education.
Past experience has shown the Family Life Program to
be not only an intensive course but also one in which
the student becomes very involved. The day starts at
10:00 a.m. with the main lecture and goes on until 4:45
p.m. with attendance at all sessions compulsory.
The Family Life Program is designed to provide information useful in the development and teaching of programs
in family living and sex education in the schools. Sex
education is not merely the giving of information on the
physical facts of sex. Instead, the course will emphasize
the social, psychological and medical aspects of sex
and sexuality as well as the moral, religious and cultural
factors which are prominent in today's society.

3

�admission requirements

In general, admission and registration for this program will
be the same as for any other Lakehead University Summer
Session Course. The following points should be emphasized:
1. A student must have an average of at least 63% on his
previous university courses or on his Teachers· College
courses.
2. If enroled in this program a student will not be allowed to
take any other Summer Session course during the JulyAugust period. However, he may take an add1t1onal course
during the Spring Term (May-June).
3. The prerequisite for admission to the Family Life Program
will be Psychology 1 a6 or permission of the Department of
Psychology.

All applications to the Family Life Program should be
the Director of the Family Life Program, Department of
Psychology, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay. Ontarto;
along with the following supporting documents·
1. Transcript of marks from previous University or Te•

College Courses.
2. Two letters of recommendation.
It Is the responsibility of the student to make the nee
arrangements for the forwarding of these documents.
apphcatIons will be processed until each student's file
complete.

4. The student whose major is Psychology will be allowed
two credits to be counted as second or third year options.

He must have a total of seven Psychology courses for a
General B.A. as stated in the current Calendar. Students
whose maior is other than Psychology must consult with the
Department of their major through their Departmental Chairman to obtain assurance that credits from this program will
be recognized tor their degree requirements in that maior.
5. Students who desire to have the 2 credits from the Family
Life Program accepted by other Universities. the Department
of Education, or other institutions must make their own arrangements tor this acceptance.
6. Two letters of recommendation are required. No applications will be processed unless these accompany your documents. These letters of recommendation should be from a
School Inspector, Principal, Professor, Clergyman, and so
on

Family Life 2z6 ......................•
Family Life 3z6 .......................••
Summer Student Society . . . . . . . . . . . . • ••
Total

7. A transcript from previous University work or from
Teachers' College must accompany your application.
8. Application forms can be obtained from the Director ot
Extension and Summer Session, Lakehead University,
Thunder Bay, Ontario.

4

A student must enrol in both courses Fees are sub
change in subsequent years. All cheques should
payable to Lakehead University.

�residence

Residence facilities at Lakehead University have been increased with the completion of the new Men's Residence.
Facilities are available to accommodate 106 female students
in the Women's Residence and 480 male students in the
Men's Residence. Single and double room accommodation
is available in both Residences. The Residence is situated on
the banks of the McIntyre River within easy walking distance
of all University buildings and athletic facilities. The buildings
themselves are constructed in a semi-circular design connected by an enclosed pedestrian walk-way. Each new
three-storey Residence building includes 6 double rooms, 4
single rooms, a common room and kitchenette facilities on
each floor.

Meals are served in the new Residence Dining Room in the
University Centre Extension. Two Social Centres are also
available with comfortable lounges and recreation facilities.
In each of the two Social Centres and in the Recreation
Room of the Women's Residence there are vending machines
for soft drinks, chocolate bars, cigarettes, etc.
Mail, Keys, dry-cleaning services are provided through the
Residence Office on the left hand side of the main entrance
to the Men's Residence. The Office is open regularly from
8:45 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
Free laundry facilities are provided in each House.

5

�guest lecturers and topics

July 5

July 6

July 7

July 8
July 9

Fr. Leo. J. Lafreniere, O.M.I.
Introduction to Program and Historical Analysis of
Human Sexuality
Rollo May, Ph.D.
The Family: The End of an Era
J. J. Malloy, M.D.
Anatomy and Physiology of Reproductive
Functions

C. B. Broderick, Ph.D.
Growing up Heterosexual
The North American Courtship Spiral

July 23

Sexuality and Love: A Modern Analysis Drawing
Upon Theology and the Social Sciences

July 26

Panel Discussion

July 27
July 28

Eugene Kennedy, Ph.D.
Images of Man
Values of Man

July 29
July 30

L. H. Lang, II, Ph.D.
Identity, Choice and Commitment
Destruction or Reconstruction: Values in Conflict
Richard H. Klemer, Ph.D., Rebecca Smith, Ph.D.
Interpersonal Relationships in the Changing Family
The Inadequacy of Sex Education
Specialized Problems in Intra-family
Communication

Peter A. Bertocci, Ph.D.

July 12
July 13
July 14

Aug. 2
Aug. 3
Aug. 4

Values and the Person Regarding Sex, Love and
the Home

Aug. 5

Planning and Organizing a Family Life Program

July 15
July 16

J. M. Beniskos, Ph.D.
The Person in Sex Education
Human Relations in Sex Education

Aug. 6

James Lockett, M.A.
Family Life and Sex Education as a Preventative to
Family Disintegration

July 19
July 20

July 21
July 22

Eleanore Luckey, Ph.D.
The Psychology of Interpersonal Attraction:
Mate Selection and Love
Teaching for the Development of Interpersonal
Relationships
Seward Hiltner, Ph.D.
The Range of Current Concepts of Sex and
Sexuality
A Modern Theological Understanding of
Human Sexuality

Aug. 9
Aug. 10
Aug. 11

Alfred A. Messer, M.D.
Family Interaction Patterns
Family Myths as a Major Variable in Family
Interaction Patterns
The Importance of "Family Role" as a Construct in
Understanding the Family

Aug. 11

Annual Banquet

Aug. 12
Aug. 13

Gregory Baum, Ph.D.
Effects of Religion on the Family
The Effects of Religion on Education

Aug. 14

Final Exam (Saturday) 2-5

I
6

�daily schedule

schedule of public lectures

Tuesday, July 13
7:30 p.m., Upper Lecture Theater
Dr. Peter A. Bertocci
Values and the Person Regarding
Sex, Love, and the Home

MONDAY THROUGH THURSDAY
Thursday, July 22
7:30 p.m., Upper Lecture Theater
Dr. Seward Hiltner
The Range of Current Concepts
of Sex and Sexuality

Monday, August 9
7:30 p.m., Upper Lecture Theater
Dr. Alfred A. Messer
Family Interaction Patterns

Thursday,August12
7:30 p.m., Upper Lecture Theater
Dr. Gregory Baum
The Effects of Religion on the Family
and Education

10:00 a.m. Major presentation and
discussion period
12:00
Lunch
1:00 p.m. Discussion groups around
main lecture topic
2:15 p.m. Coffee Break
2:45 p.m. Material Workshop
3:45 p.m. Discussion groups. Material
and curriculum planning
4:45 p.m. End of session

FRIDAY
10:00 a.m. Major presentation and
discussion period
12:00
Lunch
1:00 p.m. Discussion groups around
main lecture topic
2:15 p.m. End of session

(No material workshop or curriculum
planning on Friday)

7

�lecture outline

July 5
Topic

Leo J. Lafreniere, Gradue, Louvain
INTRODUCTION TO THE FAMILY LIFE
PROGRAM AND HISTORICAL ANALYSIS
OF HUMAN SEXUALITY

Sexuality has been shrouded in mystery until a few years ago.
Sexuality has always been associated with a religion which
made laws and regulations to protect. The Western world has
been profoundly influenced by the Judea-Christian culture.
The following topics will be discussed:
A. Old Testament: Woman is a person, marriage is good,
fecundity is good; not all sexual acts are necessarily good.
B. New Testament: The Gospels give pre-eminence to a single
value in human behaviour; love-marriage is presented as
good, sexual intercourse is presented as holy, nothing is said
of any purpose with which marital intercourse must be taken.

C. Secular Influences:
1 . The Stoic ideal
2. The Gnostics and Pagans
3. The Manichees
4. The Experience of
Augustine
5. The Monks
6. New Attitudes and
Analyses from 1450 to
1750
7. New Theory of Marital
Intercourse
8. Non-creative purposes
9. Jansenism

10. Intercourse for Pleasure,
Health or Love
11. From 1750 to 1930
12. From 1930 on; The
Lambeth Conference;
Pius XI; Paul VI with
Humanae Vitae.

D. Lack of medical knowledge has been the greatest factor
in perpetuating ignorance about human sexuality.

Leo Lafreniere has been a pioneer in the teaching of Family
Life and Sex Education. His program was the first one to be
introduced into Canadian elementary and secondary schools.
He successfully organized the first University Credit Granting
Institute in Family Life and Sex Education in Canada. Father

8

Lafreniere was a Marriage Counsellor in Edmonton from 1958
until 1962 and in Toronto from 1962 until 1965. During the
period 1965 to 1967 he studied at the Institute of Sexology
and Family Sciences at Louvain University, Belgium, and is
presently coordinator of Family Life and Sex Education in
the Lakehead Separate Schools and consultant for a number
of School Districts in Family Life Education.

July 6
Rollo May, Ph.D.
Topic
THE FAMILY: THE END OF AN ERA
In his talk, Dr. May will consider the structure of the family
group, its development and place in today's society. He will
attempt to show how the family has served a function in the
past and how that function is now becoming obsolete in
modern Western Culture. Dr. May suggests that the family
unit must change in accordance with our changing society
and be replaced by another type of institution.
Dr. May is a practicing psychotherapist in New York. He
began his psychotherapeutic studies in Vienna and completed
his doctorate in psychology and his psychoanalytic training
in New York City. In addition to his clinical practice, he is a
training and supervisory analyst at the William Alanson White
Institute of Psychiatry, Psychoanalysis and Psychology. Dr.
May has taught at Harvard and Princeton and is in demand
as a lecturer at Universities and Colleges. Reviewers and
readers have been unanimous in their praise of the scholarly
and pioneering contributions of Dr. May, outstanding among
which are The Meaning of Anxiety, Man's Search for Himself,
and Love and Will.

�I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I
I

I
I
I
I
I

lecture outline cont.

J. J. Malloy, M.D., Ottawa University
ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF
REPRODUCTIVE FUNCTIONS
In the course of his presentation Dr. J. J. Malloy explains the
following: human sex determination, chromosomes and
genes, the female cell karyotyping, diseases that result from
the abnormalities of the chromosomes, the anatomy of female
reproduction and the intimate relation which exists between
the female brain and the organs of reproduction, the relationship of the organs of reproduction with the pelvic organs, the
male anatomy, the menstrual cycle, conception and the
organs involved in this process, the division of cells, the
developing embryo at the 10 week period, the embryo at the
6 month stage of development, all the different forms of
contraception; contraceptive pill, vaginal foam, diaphragm,
I.U.C.D., the rhythm method.

July 7
Topic

Dr. Malloy attended Ottawa University where he completed
his B.Sc. in 1953 and his medical training in 1957. From 1959
to 1963 he did post-graduate work in obstetrics and gynecology at the Mayo Clinic in Rochester, and completed his
M.Sc. from the University of Minnesota in 1965.

July 8

C. B. Broderick, Ph.D. Pennsylvania State

University
Topic
GROWING UP HETEROSEXUAL
A sequence of developmental stages in the process of achieving normal heterosexual interests and social skills are traced
through early adolescence. Based upon the analysis of data
from nearly 6,000 children, the sequence emphasized the
importance of young children's attitudes toward their own
eventual marriage and the significance of romantic fantasy
and children's games.

July 9
THE NORTH AMERICAN COURTSHIP SPIRAL
Topic
The factors which account for the extraordinarily high marriage rates in North America are explored including the
intimacy-commitment spiral, strategies of sexual bargaining
and alternate courtship styles.

Dr. Broderick is the author of numerous articles for professional and popular publications, and also the co-editor of
a new reference book for sex educators, sponsored by the
Sex Information and Education Council of the United States
(SIECUS), entitled The Individual, Sex and Society, published
by the John Hopkins Press. His current research concerns
the process by which young couples move from casual to
commited, or married relationships. The study is based on a
sampling of recently married couples throughout Pennsylvania. In September, 1968, he assumed editorship of Journal
of Marriage and Family, a quarterly publication of the National
Council of Family Relations.

July 12,
Peter A. Bertocci, Ph.D., Boston University
13 and 14
Topic
VALUES AND THE PERSON REGARDING SEX,
LOVE AND THE HOME

The aim of this series of lectures is to outline the reasoning
behind the conviction that, in the life of a person, sex and love
cannot grow in quality if they are separated from all the
values in healthy personality. Just as love gives more meaning
to sex, so marriage and its commitment provide a challenge
and increase the meaning of sex and love. Sex education
must be guided by some ideal of personality and the values
which keep it creative.

I

I

9

�lecture outline cont.

Peter A. Bertocci graduated from Boston University in 1931.
He earned his Masters degree from Harvard and his Ph.D.
from Boston University. His teaching career began in 1935
at Bates College where he was the chairman of the philosophy department. In 1944 he returned to Boston University as
professor of philosophy, and since 1953 has held the chair
of Borden Parker Bowne Professor of Philosophy. In 1950-51
he was a Fulbright research scholar in Italy, and in 1960-61
he did research as a Fulbright scholar in India. His most
recent academic honor was to receive a Guggenheim Fellowship for 1967-68. In addition to publishing several books and
articles on philosophy, religion, and psychology, Dr. Bertocci
has lectured on these topics at many colleges throughout
the country.

of student training and psychotherapy at the Child Study
Centre of the University of Ottawa.
Since July 1967, Dr. Beniskos has been an associate professor at the Faculty of Education of the University of Ottawa.
He lectures to students at the Faculty of Education, the
Faculty of Arts and the Department of Religious Studies. His
main area of interest is normal personality development. Dr.
Beniskos is the author of numerous scholarly articles in both
English and French.

July 19

July 15
Topic

Jean-Marie Beniskos, Ph.D., University of Ottawa
THE PERSON IN SEX EDUCATION

The speaker will describe and analyse false concepts of a
teacher, describe the true concept of a teacher and draw
from the research to show that the personhood of the teacher
is the most important element in education.
July 16
Topic

HUMAN RELATIONS IN SEX EDUCATION
Dr. Beniskos will attempt to show a true concept of the child
and what is required from the teacher in order to foster his
full development.

Eleanore Braun Luckey, Ph.D., University of
Connecticut
Topic
THE PSYCHOLOGY OF INTERPERSONAL
ATTRACTION: MATE SELECTION AND LOVE
It is important in the teaching of family relationships to help
students understand the basis of interpersonal attraction, mate
selection, and love. These are related but different phenomena. Marriage in our culture is most often based on "being
in love" with one of the opposite sex. This condition originates
in an unconscious seeking to fill one's needs, usually at a
psychic level. Although this is ordinarily a necessary component of the marital relationship, it is insufficient for a permanent love relationship. Mature love is based on character
development and is a willful giving of one's self in commitment to another.
July 20
Topic

Dr. Jean-Marie Beniskos obtained a doctorate in Clinical
Psychology from the University of Ottawa in 1959. From 19561967, he was employed by the Faculty of Psychology and
Education of the University of Ottawa. His duties included
teaching to graduate and undergraduate students, supervision

10

TEACHING FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF
INTERPERSONAL RELATIONSHIPS
Family Life Education is one of the most difficult of all subjects to teach because it concerns not only facts, but a
variety of values and opinions. It is not best taught by reading,
lecturing, or through films, filmstrips and tapes-although all

�I

I

•

•

•
•

lecture outline cont.

of these may be helpful. The most effective learning medium
is created through dialogue-discussion, criticism, and deliberation. Dialogue means conversing openly, honestly, and
with purpose. Dialogue means sharing and growing on the
part of both the students and the teachers. Few of us in the
classroom have adequate preparation for entering into
dialogue, but we can aim toward that goal if we are able to
be self-accepting, understanding and empathetically concerned with the welfare of others. The teacher who would
help a student learn to care for others must himself be able
to risk caring for them.
Eleanore Braun Luckey, professor and head of the Department of Child Development and Family Relations at the
University of Connecticut, is a psychologist whose area of
specialization is family relationships. She is also concerned
with education, research, and counselling. She is presently
serving in a dual capacity as special consultant on Family Life
Education to the Children's Bureau, Department of Health,
Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C. Since 1956, Dr.
Luckey has been concerned with an extensive investigation
into the association of marital satisfaction with perception of
self and other concepts, and has published in the Journal of
Counseling Psychology, the Journal of Consulting Psychology,
Social Forces, Sociometry, the Journal of Marriage and the
Family, and Sociology and Social Research. She is an associate editor of the Journal of Marriage and the Family, is
on the Executive Board of the American Association of
Marriage Counselors, and is also serving on the sex education
committee of the American College of Obstetricians and
Gynecologists. In 1966, Dr. Luckey was made a Fellow in the
American Association of Marriage Counselors in recognition
of her outstanding contributions to the counseling field.

July 21

Seward Hiltner, Ph.D., University of Chicago
THE RANGE OF CURRENT CONCEPTS OF
SEX AND SEXUALITY
This topic covers everything from Playboy to the Vatican. Dr.
Hiltner will .attempt to show that this range is not so wide as

Topic

it appears to be and that the inherent nature of human
sexuality demands that both intensity of experience and
fidelity actually belong together. Thus, the purely playful
conceptions of sexuality, ignoring interpersonal consequences, are rejected, without, however, ignoring the pleasure
and play dimensions of human sexuality. Some analysis of
"Group Sex" will be included in this lecture.
July 22
Topic

A MODERN THEOLOGICAL UNDERSTANDING
OF HUMAN SEXUALITY

Here, while drawing upon biblical and other historical materials
Dr. Hiltner will attempt to set forth the criteria for a sexual
ethic appropriate to our day but consistent with our JudeoChristian tradition.
July 23
Topic

SEXUALITY AND LOVE: A MODERN ANALYSIS
DRAWING UPON THEOLOGY
AND THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
This would be an attempt to analyse just about what the topic
suggests. In the light of our current knowledge about sexuality
and love, what happens to the theological view that sexuality
must be held in the love context?
Dr. Hiltner is presently Professor of Theology and Personality,
Princeton Theological Seminary; Edward F. Gallahue Consultant on Religion and Psychiatry to the Menninger Foundation; Consultant and Teaching Fellow, Fort Logan Mental
Health Centre; Theological Consultant, Program in Marriage
Counseling, Department of Psychiatry, School of Medicine,
the University of Pennsylvania; Consultant, Virginia Institute
of Pastoral Care; and Consultant, Graduate Department of
Pastoral Counseling, Iona College. He has published approximately 400 articles in more than 70 journals and his
books have been translated into Chinese, Dutch, Finnish,
Japanese and Swedish. Dr. Hiltner is a member of the editorial
boards of the following journals: Journal of Religion and

11

�lecture outline cont.

Health; Theology Today; Pastoral Psychology (after 20 years
as its Pastoral Consultant); Quarterly Journal of Studies in
Alcohol; American Imago; Medical Aspects of Human Sexuality.

Book Awards. A new book, What a Modern Catholic Believes
About Sex, was published in January 1971. His articles have
appeared in The Critic and other Catholic publications as well
as in the Saturday Evening Post and The New York Times.

July 27
Topic

July 29

Eugene C. Kennedy, Ph.D. Maryknoll College
IMAGES OF MAN
An attempt to trace our developing understanding of the
human person throughout history; the various images which
have affected both our understanding and behavior as
persons; man in the Judeo-Christian tradition; divided man;
alienated man; man the myth-maker; the effort to rediscover
and re-experience man in his unity; the source and expression of his growth in interpersonal relationships; man's
contemporary efforts to integrate sexuality and aggression
into his personality.

July 28
THE VALUES OF MAN
Topic
What makes man human? The struggle to understand and
identify the values that are most significant and productive
for man; their relationship to the various images of man; the
nature of man's religious character; the types and characteristics of faith; the human face of man's religious experience;
the interpersonal nature of faith, hope, and charity; the
challenges to man's survival as man .
Eugene C. Kennedy, of Maryknoll College, Glen Ellyn, Illinois,
is professor of psychology at Loyola University in Chicago.
He has also served as visiting professor, McCormick Theological Seminary, Chicago, and as consultant to the Pastoral
Care Program of the Menninger Foundation. In addition to
many articles, he wrote the books, Fashion Me A People,
and Comfort My People, both winners of the National Catholic

12

Laurence H. Lang, II, Ed.D.
University of Connecticut
IDENTITY, CHOICE AND COMMITMENT

Topic
Utilizing constructs and data developed by Erikson, Kohlberg,
Mead and Buber, two ideal typical case histories are analyzed
to contrast dynamics in the parallel development of conventional and autonomous value orientations.
July 30
Topic

DESTRUCTION OR RECONSTRUCTION:
VALUES IN CONFLICT
Youth's relationships with teachers, parents and peers, and
involvement with drugs, sex and protest are examined from
the perspective of the earlier lecture on "Identity, Choice
and Commitment'.'

Dr. Lang has been active in the field of education for a
number of years. He obtained his doctorate in education from
the Teachers College at Columbia University and is presently
teaching at the University of Connecticut, Department of
Child Development and Family Relations. Dr. Lang has
published several articles in the area of sex education and
is affiliated with many professional organizations.

�•

lecture outline cont.

Aug.2

Richard H. Klemer, Ph.D. and
Rebecca M. Smith, Ph.D. University of North
Carolina at Greensboro
INTERPERSONAL RELATIONSHIPS IN THE
Topic
CHANGING FAMILY
An understanding of both the cultural and psychological
determinants of success in interpersonal relationships within
the space-age family is prerequisite to improved family life
education. Many stresses, both individual and collective, are
apparent as the family seeks to adapt to the changing cultural
environment. Problems arising out of the new necessity for
social decision-making in such controversial areas as extramarital sex, ultra permissiveness in child rearing, women's
liberation and too great expectation for accomplishment have
enlarged family life difficulty. Moreover, less willingness to
tolerate the old frictions of group living have increased
family fragility. Greater understanding of personality dynamics
can help family members to improve patterns of family
intra-action. Activities will include a demonstration of the
empathetic approach, a method which leads students to
understand the behavior of others and at the same time
evaluate their own feelings in light of their own value system.

Aug.3
Topic
THE INADEQUACY OF SEX EDUCATION
It has become very clear that there is a public confusion and
parental confusion, but most important of all, there is personal
confusion about sexual behavior for both men and women.
A great deal of this confusion has centred around the lack
of a common definition of the goals of sex educators and
gross misunderstandings about male and female sexual
conditioning. Sexual behavior throughout the history of
mankind has been subject to change without notice, but a
knowledge of how one's attitudes about sex evolve clears
up much of the ensuing confusion. Helping students arrive
at their own set of values will be a part of a demonstration
on how attitudes toward sex are derived. The teaching of
various phases of sex education will be demonstrated
including how to answer questions which arise from the
group.

Aug.4
SPECIALIZED PROBLEMS IN
INTRA-FAMILY COMMUNICATION
Communication tends to fail when there is a lack of ability,
a lack of desire, a lack of clarity, or a lack of selectivity in
interacting with others. Adequate communication is important
to good interpersonal relationships and family health. Failure
to communicate is a manifestation of both the intended and
unintended message. Techniques of better communication,
as nearly all behavior, can be learned. There will be student
participation in the teaching-games which encourage communication. How to help students increase their ability to
communicate their true feelings will be illustrated. Creative
use of visual aids and role playing will be included.

Topic

Dr. Smith completed her Ph.D in child development and
family relations psychology at the University of North
Carolina at Greensboro in 1967. She has published several
articles in the field of sex education and is presently an
assistant professor of child development and family relations
at the University of North Carolina at Greensboro.
Dr. Klemer obtained his undergraduate degree from the
University of Pittsburgh and in 1953 completed his Ph.D. at
Florida State University. He is presently Professor and
chairman of the child development and family relations department, University of North Carolina at Greensboro, and
clinical professor of family studies, Department of Psychiatry,
Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Wake Forest University,
Winston-Salem, North Carolina. He is the author of a number
of books and numerous articles for scientific and professional journals.

13

�lecture ouUi ne cont.

Aug.6

James D. Lockett, M.A.
University of Missouri
FAMILY LIFE AND SEX EDUCATION AS A
Topic
PREVENTATIVE TO FAMILY DISINTEGRATION
There is considerable evidence to suggest that there is a
need for a program in Family Life and Sex Education and
that such a program would act as a preventative to family
disintegration.
The current impact of some segments of the mass media has
made it imperative that a complete understanding of sex and
sexuality be imparted to young people. There is a need to
be concerned about human relationships, family stability,
and alleviation of the negative aspects of sex.
It is important that young people have an understanding of
the alternatives in making decisions concerning sex and why
our society is moving toward total permissiveness.
There will be a discussion on the Family Life and Sex
Education program as implemented in the Keokuk Senior
High School in Iowa and finally clinical evidence collected
over the last 23 years will be presented to demonstrate the
effectiveness of the program in the prevention of family
disintegration .
Mr. Lockett completed his M.A. at the University of Missouri
and then went on to do post-graduate work at Western Illinois
University, the University of Iowa and the University of Connecticut at Storrs, Connecticut. He has been very active in
the implementation of programs in Family Life and Sex
Education and has collected a considerable amount of data,
some of which will be presented during his talk, concerned
with the effects of teaching courses in sex education in the
schools. Mr. Lockett has published articles related to his
work and has been interviewed by Time Magazine for future
publication.

14

Aug.9

Alfred A. Messer, M.D. Columbia University
College of Physicians and Surgeons
FAMILY INTERACTION PATTERNS
Topic
Families utilize certain mechanisms to control conflicts and
keep anxiety within tolerable limits. (These mechanisms are
akin to "defence mechanisms" in the individual.) In his
laboratory Dr. Messer has identified several common
(homeostatic) mechanisms: (1) Scapegoating of one member;
(2) Formation of "defensive" alliances or coalitions between
family members; (3) Withdrawal of affect among family
members; (4) Seeking of a "family healer"; (5) Loosening the
family unit by dispersion of its members; (6) Discharge of
tension by repetitive arguing and fighting: (7) "Resignation"
or Compromise: one or more members surrenders. personal
assertion; (8) Invocation of a family myth to prohibit
"rebellious" behavior. The homeostatic mechanisms range
from complete reversibility to irreversibility, and appraisal of
the status of these mechanisms is the major focus of family
diagnosis.

Aug.10
Topic

FAMILY MYTHS AS A MAJOR VARIABLE IN
FAMILY INTERACTION PATTERNS
Every Family has its myths. "Children are seen but not heard:'
is an example. It lessens the need for parents to deal constantly with pressures from their growing children. The myth,
"If anyone takes a drop of alcohol, he becomes a drunkard:'
is sometimes seen in the family in which a relative, because
of his alcoholism, brought great shame upon the family.
Invocation of this myth tends to create a teetotaling family.
In some families, there may be a myth that one member will
become mentally ill, and this myth may become a self-fulfilling
prophecy.

�lecture outline cont.

Aug. 11
Topic

THE IMPORTANCE OF "FAMILY ROLE"
AS A CONSTRUCT IN
UNDERSTANDING THE FAMILY

A good theatrical repertory company includes actors who are
flexible and who can step into almost any role. Everyone has
to know every part. Sex and age may make little difference.
If one of the group falls ill, somebody doubles up and fills
his role. In a similar way, the family functions as a repertory
company. There are many roles to be fulfilled, and roles are
"assigned" depending on the capacity of each member. An
important part of childhood development is the rehearsal for
future adult roles. Each role has a performance
(instrumental) aspect and an emotional (expressive) aspect:
a family crisis usually necessitates a role shift. Rigidity of
one member in a particular role makes for trouble within the
family when this role shift is necessary.
Dr. Messer obtained his medical training at the Columbia
University College of Physicians and Surgeons in 1950 and
was awarded the Thomas F. Cook, M.D., Prize in Obstetrics
and Gynecology. This was followed by an internship at the
Second (Cornell) Medical Division Bellevue Hospital, New
York, and by residency training at the U.S. Veterans Hospital,
Bronx, New York. Dr Messer also took post-graduate training
and was certified in psychoanalytic medicine at Columbia
University in 1956. He is the author of numerous scholarly
articles published in both medical and scientific journals.

Aug.12
&amp; 13

Gregory G. Baum, Th.D. University of Toronto

Topic

THE EFFECTS OF RELIGION
ON THE FAMILY AND EDUCATION
The effect of religion on human life is not confined to the few
moments of piety in which men turn their mind to the God
in whom they believe. Since religion influences man's basic
attitude to life and creates the images in terms of which he
interprets his daily experience, religion has profound effect
on the whole of a man's life and the culture he creates. This
effect, we hasten to add, is not always beneficial. Since
religion may have destructive effects on human life, it is important to distinguish between the aspects of religion that
redeem life and those that inhibit life.
The Scriptures tell us a great deal about the twofold effects
of religion. The prophets of the Old Testament, in particular,
show that religion can make people self-righteous, hardhearted, and superstitious. Jesus himself revealed the
blindness, self-delusion and inhumanity produced by a certain
kind of piety. At the same time, the Scriptures of Old and New
Testament tell us of the redeeming effect of religion when it
is assimilated in fidelity to God's word.
In these two lectures Dr. Baum will analyse the destructive
effect which a certain kind of religion can have on the family
and on education and, more importantly, show the liberating
and life-giving effects of a more incisive religion on the
home, on personal relations, on human growth and maturity.
Dr. Baum is well known at Lakehead University, having
recently completed a speaking engagement here. He is
recognized as a very progressive and outspoken theologian
who is always well received by his audience. Dr. Baum completed his doctorate in theology at the University of Freibourg
in 1956 and is a professor at the University of Toronto in the
department of religious studies and theology. At the present
time Dr. Baum is studying sociology at the New York School
of Social Research and is the holder of a Canada Council
Sabbatical Leave Fellowship.

15

�required texts

available at the Lakehead University Bookstore

SEX, LOVE AND THE PERSON ..... Dr. Peter Bertocci
ILLUSTRATED SEX ATLAS ........ Dr. Le Mon Clark
YOUR CHILD'S SEX LIFE ....... Dillon and lmbiorski
WHY WAIT TILL MARRIAGE . . . . . . . . . . . E. M. Duvall
THE MAN AND THE WOMAN ..... Envoy and O'Keefe
THE FIRST NINE MONTHS OF LIFE ... G. L Flanagan
THE ART OF LOVING ................ Erich Fromm
LOVE AND SEX IN PLAIN LANGUAGE . E. W. Johnson
FAMILY LIVING AND SEX
EDUCATION ................. Dr. S. G. Laycock
UNDERSTANDING ....................... Ortho

SYMPOSIUM ........................... Ortho
BEYOND SEX INSTRUCTION ............... Otena
SIN, SEX AND SELF CONTROL Norman Vincent Peale
THE PSYCHOLOGY OF SEX ....... Oswald Schwarz
FAMILY LIFE AND SEX
EDUCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schultz and Williams
THE PHYSIOLOGY OF SEX ........ Kenneth Walker
CURRICULUM GUIDE:
FAMILY LIFE EDITION .......... Rochester Edition
INSIGHTS INTO FAMILY LIFE
AND SEX EDUCATION . . . . . . . . . . L J. LaFreniere

�reference books
(Located in the Reserve Section of the Lakehead University Library and available on three day loan)

Allport, Gordon W Pattern and Growth in Personality, pp
454 and following Holt. Rinehart and Winston, New York,
1961 .

Knutson, Andie L. The Individual. Society, and Health Behavior. pp. 259-293, Russell-Sage Foundation, New York,
1965.

Bell, Robert R. Prernantal Sex In a Changing Society. PrenticeHall, Inc. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey. 1966.
Calderone Mary S Abortion in the United States, HoeberHarper. 1958.

Levine, Jerome M , and Murphy, Gardner. " The Learning and
Forgetting of Controversial Material,' ' in Maccoby, Elearnor
E, Newcomb, Theodore N , and Hartley, Eugene L., (Eds.)
Readings in Social Psychology. Henry Holt and Company,
New York 1958

Calderone, Mary S Release from Sexual Tensions. Random
House, 1960 and in England, Robert Hale, 1963.

Linner, Birgitta Sex and Society in Sweden, Pantheon Books,
A Division of Random House, 1967

Calderone, Mary S (Ed.), Manual of Contraceptive Practice.
Williams and Wilkins, 1964

LippIt, Ronald. " Value Judgement Problems of the Social
Scientist in Action Research '' in Vennis, Warren G , Benne,
Kenneth D , and Chm . Roberts, (Eds ), The Planning of
Change: Readings In the Applied Behavioral Sciences, pp.
689-694. Holt. Rinehart and Winston, New York, 1961 .

Christenson, Harold. Handbook of Marriage and the Family,
pp. 888-911 , Chicago
Duvall , Evelyn. Today's Teen-agers, Association Press 1966.
Duvall , Evelyn Facts of Life and Love. Popular Library. New
York, 1957
Duvall, Evelyn. Being Married, D. C. Heath , 1960.
Duvall, Evelyn. The Art of Dating. Association Press. 1967.
Duvall, Evelyn, Family Development. J. B. Lippincott, 1967
Duvall Evelyn. In-Laws, Pro and Con. Association Press,
1954
Duvall, Evelyn. Love and the Facts of Life. Association Press,
1967
Duvall. Evelyn. Sense and Nonsense About Sex, Association
Press.
Festinger. Leon . A Theory of Cognitive Dissonance. Stanford
university Press, Stanford, 1957.
l=letcher, Joseph Situation Ethics - The New Morality. Westminster Press, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, 1966.
Havemann. Ernest. Men. Women. and Marriage, Doubleday
Company Inc.. Garden City, New York, 1962
Jersild, Arthur. When Teachers Face Themselves, Teachers·
College, Columbia University, New York. 1955.

Masters, Wilham and Johnson, Virginia E. Human Sexual
Response Little, Brown &amp; Co., Boston, 1966.
Moms, Charles W., Varieties of Human Value, University of
Chicago Press, Chicago. 1956
Reiss, Ira L Pre-marital Sexual Standards in America,
Chapters 1-4 The Free Press of Glencoe. Illinois, 1960
Rokeach, Milton . The Opened and Closed Mind, Basic Books,
New York, 1960
Rosenberg, Nalton J . Attitude Organization and Change,
Yale University Press, New Haven, 1960.

Sex Education and the New Morality, Child Study Association of America, Columbia Press, 1966.
Smith , M. Brewster, Bruner, Jerome S . and White. Robert
W. Opinions and Personality, John Wiley &amp; Sons, New York,
1956.
Smith, M Brewster, " Personal Values in the Study of Lives, "
in White, Robert. (Ed.) The Study of Lives, pp . 324-347,
App leton Press, New York, 1963.
Strain , Frances. Sex Guidance ,n Family Life Education, The
Macmillan Company. New York, 1942.

Katz. Daniel and Stotland. E. " A Preliminary Statement to a
Theory of Attitude Structure and Change" in Coch , Sigmund,
(Ed ) Psychology: A Study of A Science, McGraw-Hill Book
Co , 1959, Vol. 3.

Sussman, Marvin B. Sourcebook in Marriage and the Family,
Houghton Mifflin Co , Boston , 1963.

K1rkendall, Lester. Sex Education and Human Relations, New
York, lnor Publishing Company, 1950.

Udry, J . Richard The Soc,al Context of Marnage, J Lippincott and Co .. 1966.

Kirkendall, Lester. Premarital Intercourse and Interpersonal
Relations, Matrix House. 1961 .

Wilson, John Logic and Sexual Morality, Penguin Books,
Baltimore, Maryland, 1965

17

�journals, pamphlets &amp; magazines

Avery, Curtis E. and Lee, Margie R. " Family Life Education:
Its Philosophy and Purpose". Family Life Coordinator, 1964,
13, 27-37.
Benne, Kenneth D., and Swanson, Guy. " Values and the
Social Scientist:· Journal of Social Issues, 1950, 6 (4).
Bills, Robert. " The Effect of a Value on Learning". Journal
of Personality, 1952, 21 , 217-222.

Bowman, Henry, et al. " Teaching Ethical Values Through the
Marriage Course: A Debate". The Journal of Marriage and
Family Living, 1957, 19, 325-339.
Broderick, Carlfred. " Family Life Education Versus Reality",
The Journal of Marriage and the Family, 1964, 26, 103-106.
Calderone, Mary S. " Youth Asks About Sex and Morality"
Part 1., Co-ed Magazine, Published by Scholastic Magazines,
February, 1966.
Calderone, Mary S. "Goodbye to The Birds and The Bees;
An Approach", American Education, 1966, 2, 17-18.

Cummings, Edgar. " Family Life Education in School and
College: Work and Philosophy of the American Social Hygiene
Association", The Journal of Marriage and Family Living,
1958, 20, 117-120.
DeFleur, Melvin L., and Westie, F. R. " Verbal Attitudes and
Overt Acts: An Experiment on the Salience of Attitude,
Attitudes". American Sociological Review, 1958, 23, 667-673.
Dukes, William F. " Psychological Study of Values", Psychological Bulletin, 1955, 52, 667-673.

Force, Elizabeth S. " The Role of the School in Family Life
Education", The Journal of Marriage and Family Living,
1964, 26, 99-101.
Gross, Leonard. " Sex Education Comes of Age" , Look,
March 8, 1966.
Glassberg, Bert Y. "Educators Fear Sexuality - Not Sex",
The Journal of Marriage and Family Living, 1959, 21 , 233-234.
Hartman, G. W. " Sex Difference in Valuational Attitudes",
Journal of Social Psychology, 1934, 5, 106-112.

Calderone, Mary S. " The Married Teenager", Journal of The
International College of Surgeons, April, 1965.
Canavan, F. S. J. " Reflections On the Revolution in Sex",
America, March 6, 1965.
Cantril, Hadley and Allport, Gordon W. " Recent Application
of the Study of Values" , Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 1933, 28, 259-273.
Coffins, T. "Sex Kick", Saturday Review, 1966, 49, 36-37.

18

Jones, Edward E. and Kohler, Rika, " The Effects of Plausibility on the Learning of Controversial Statements", Journal
of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 1958, 57, 315-320.
Katz, Daniel; Sarnoff, Irving and McClintock, Charles. " Ego
Defense and Attitude Change", Human Relations, 1956, 9,
27-46.

Kirkendall, L. A. with Ogg, E. "Sex and Our Society". Public
Affairs Pamphlet no. 366, New York, 1964.

�Kirkendall, Lester A . "Sex Education: A Reappraisar ·. The
Humanist, Special Issue, Spring, 1965.

Pomeroy, Wardell B. "How We Got People To Talk About
Sex". Sexology, July, 1966.

La Pierre, Richard T. " Attitudes Versus Action". Social
Forces, 1934, 13, 230-237.

Pope, Hallowell and Knudsen, Dean, D. " Premarital Sexual
Norms, The Family and Social Change" . Journal of Marriage
and Family Living. August, 1965

Liberman, Seymour. " The Effects of Changes m Roles on the
Attitudes of Role Occupants··. Human Relations, 1956. 9,
385-402
Lobsenz, Norman . "The Cnsis in Family Life Education" .
Good Housekeeping, 1962, 154, 51 .
Luckey, Eleanore B. "Values as the Content of Parent Education Programs" , The Journal of Marriage and Family Living,
1961 , 23, 263-266.

Reiss. I L (Ed .), "The Sexual Renaissance in America·•. The
Journal of Social Issues, April. 1966.
Sherif. Muzater and Cantril, Hadley "The Psychology of
Attitudes·· , Part 1, Psychological Review, 1945, 52. (6), 295319
Thomas, R. "Is Sex Morality Out of Date?", Parents ' Magazine and Better Homemaking. May. 1965

McChntock, Charles. "Personality Syndromes and Attitude
Change' , Journal of Personality. 1958. 26, 479-493.
Time Magazine. Vol 89, No. 9 , March 3, 1967, pp 76-82.
McGuire, William . "Cognity, Consistency, and Attitude
Change ·, Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 1960,
60, 345-353.
Mason, Madeline. " The Teacher's Value System m Relation
to Family Life Education". The Journal of Marriage and
Family Living, 1959, 21. 75-76.
May, R. "Antidotes for the New Puritanism; Dilemmas of Sex
and Love·•. Saturday Review, 1966, 49, 19-21
New York Herald Tribune. January 9, 1965, "Recognition For

Sexuality: A New Agency", Earl Ubell
Poffenberger, Thomas . " Family Life Education in this
Scientific Age", The Journal of Marriage and Family Living,
1959, 21 , 150-154.

Time Magazine. Vol. 89. No. 14, April 7. 1967, pp. 78-84.
Vernon, Philip E , and Allport, Gordon W. "A Test For Personal Values··. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology,
1931, 26, 231-248.
Wagman. Morton "Attitude Change and the Authoritarian
Personality", Journal of Psychology, t 955 . 40, 3-4 .
Wilner, Daniel M .. Walkley, Rosabelle P, and Cook, Stewart
W. " Residential Proximity and Intergroup Relations m Public
Housing Proiects". Journal of Social Issues, 1952, 8, 45-69
Woodring, P ·'What Is Sex Education?". Saturday Review.
December 18, 1965, and Discussion, June 15, 1966

19

�audio-visual aids

July 5

July 6

July 7

July 8

July 12
July 13
July 14

July 15

July 19

July 20
July 21

July 22

July 26

July 27

20

Being Boys - Being GJrls - Colour, 1 0 minutes
Glands and Hormones - Colour, 9 minutes
Why You ·re You - Colour, 11 minutes
Development of the Embryo - Colour, 10 minutes
Going Steady - Colour, 12 minutes
Teenage Pregnancy - Colour, 17 minutes
Family Problems - Colour. 12 minutes
Dating - Colour 12 minutes
Love - Colour. 12 minutes
Keep off the Grass-Colour, 12 mrnutes
Personal Values - Colour, 12 minutes
The Changing Role of Women-Colour. 12 minutes
VD.? See Your Doctor - Colour. 22 minutes
Early Years - Colour, 60 minutes
Mamage - Colour. 60 minutes
Learning About Sex - Colour, 15 minutes
Dare to be Different·
Part 1 . (Fitting In) - Colour. 15 minutes
Part 2. (Standing Out) - Colour, 15 minutes
Everything But.·
Part 1. (Love and Sex) - Colour, 15 minutes
Part 2. (Where to Draw the Line) - Colour,
15 minutes
And They Live Happily Ever After.
Part 1 . (Reasons) - Colour, 20 minutes
Part 2. (Problems) - Colour, 21 minutes
Joey - Black and White. 27 minutes
A Further Glimpse of Joey - Black and White,
27 minutes
Danny and Nicky - Colour, 55 minutes
Boy Next Door - Colour, 18 minutes
Neighbours - Colour, 10 minutes
The New Baby - Colour, 19 minutes
The Burden They Carry - Black and White.
28 minutes
He Acts His Age - Colour . 14 minutes
In a Box - Black and White. 4 minutes
The Summer We Moved to Elm Street Colour, 28 minutes
Mrs. Case (Single Parent) - Black and White,
14 minutes
This Is No Time For Romance - Colour.
28 minutes
We Do. We Do - Colour, 15 minutes

July 28

July 29

Aug . 2

The Wish - Colour. 27 minutes
The Drag - Colour, 8 minutes
You Haven 't Changed a Bit - Colour, 15 minutes
Jamie. Story of a Sibling - Black and White,
28 minutes
The Weekend - Colour, 15 minutes
Adolescence. Love and Matunty - Colour,
11 minutes
A New Human Life - Colour, 8 minutes
Your First Six Years - Colour, 9 minutes
Society and You - Colour, 12 minutes

Aug . 3

Female Cycle - Colour. 7 minutes
Pregnancy and Birth - Colour, 12 minutes
Puberty m Boys - Colour. 9 minutes
L S. D. - Insight or Insanity? - Colour, 18 minutes

Aug . 4

Human Reproduction - Colour. 23 minutes
Drugs and the Nervous System - Colour,
15 minutes
Vandalism - Crime or Prank? - Colour, 10 minutes
Boy to Man - Colour, 20 minutes
Girl to Woman - Colour. 35 minutes

Aug . 5
Aug . 9

Aug. 10

living With Your Family Series
1. What is a Family
2. The Family Has a New Baby
3. A Day With Your Family
4 . Family Fun
Teen-Parent Relationships Series
1 . Adolescent Revolt

2. Too Much Help
3 . Need to Belong
4. Stern Father
Aug. 11

They Need Me Series
1. Mother and Father Need Me
2. Baby Sister Needs Me
3. Friends Need Me
4. My Dog Needs Me

Aug . 12

Concordia Series
1 . / Wonder, I Wonder
2 Wonderfully Made
3 Take the Highroad
4. Parent's Guide to Christian Conversation
About Sex

��</text>
                  </elementText>
                </elementTextContainer>
              </element>
            </elementContainer>
          </elementSet>
        </elementSetContainer>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <collection collectionId="4">
      <elementSetContainer>
        <elementSet elementSetId="1">
          <name>Dublin Core</name>
          <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
          <elementContainer>
            <element elementId="50">
              <name>Title</name>
              <description>A name given to the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="618">
                  <text>Lakehead University Collection</text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
            <element elementId="41">
              <name>Description</name>
              <description>An account of the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="619">
                  <text>Photographs from Lakehead University's history: people, events,  and campus. </text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
          </elementContainer>
        </elementSet>
      </elementSetContainer>
    </collection>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130441">
                <text>Family Life Program Summer 1971 Evaluation</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="49">
            <name>Subject</name>
            <description>The topic of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130442">
                <text>Universities</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="41">
            <name>Description</name>
            <description>An account of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130443">
                <text>Family Life Program: An Evaluation, Lakehead University Summer 1971, Psychology 2z6 and 3z6. Includes overview of the Family Life Program, budget, information on students, evaluations and recommendations with brochure.</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="39">
            <name>Creator</name>
            <description>An entity primarily responsible for making the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130444">
                <text>Lakehead University</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130445">
                <text>1971</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="42">
            <name>Format</name>
            <description>The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130446">
                <text>PDF</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="44">
            <name>Language</name>
            <description>A language of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130447">
                <text>English</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="51">
            <name>Type</name>
            <description>The nature or genre of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130448">
                <text>Text</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="43">
            <name>Identifier</name>
            <description>An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130449">
                <text>lu-15i</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="38">
            <name>Coverage</name>
            <description>The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130450">
                <text>Canada - Ontario - Thunder Bay</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="15248" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="18852">
        <src>https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/c72f2296d58c3257ecb882ab148e83dc.pdf</src>
        <authentication>08c5e20de76d6f1882d5c338a73a6b34</authentication>
        <elementSetContainer>
          <elementSet elementSetId="4">
            <name>PDF Text</name>
            <description/>
            <elementContainer>
              <element elementId="52">
                <name>Text</name>
                <description/>
                <elementTextContainer>
                  <elementText elementTextId="129253">
                    <text>LAKJJIWAn UN IVLHS [TY

ProposeJ llegrc·e Program

in
School

or l:nginccri.ng

!...1 1:( /.:-: N/ d C. i~

/16

~

�LAKElll:/\D lJNlVI!RSITY

PfWPOSLll IH:(;J&lt;l\1: PROGRAM

in
SCHOOL OF liNCINUERINC

Contents
1-:11gineeri11g Degree Program

l

JI i story

]

1:11rr('nt Programs

2
3

;\drn i ~s ion to Dc•grcc Progra111

1n

Jing i nccr ing

s

Tentative Hudgct
7

l:&lt;-it irnat('s or Enrolment
1:~1cu 11 y

l&lt;eq11 i remcnts

for f)cgrec and Diploma

Programs
/\ n :1 I y s i ~

o r 11 e gr c· c

10
a n d D i p 1 om a

Dq~rcc l'rog ram Out l i 1ws

Enrolment

r ndcx

Projection Chart

J&gt; r o g rams

11
12

31

�Currcnt_Programs

-...

W.ith.in the past S years,

in1.:rcc1sc in interest

th0re ha::-. b0en a marked

i.n Engjnecring Tcchno.logy, both on the part

PC h1 gh school graduates and employers.

As a result of this

i11crcascd 1ntcrcst, Lakchcnd University now orrcrs specialized
programs

in

four fields of l:ngi.ncc·ring Technology.

(

1.

Chemical linginccring Technology
(Pulp ;ind Paper)

2.

Civil lingjnecring Technology

."5.

f;lcctronics 1·: ngineering 'l'cchnology

4.

Meehan i ca.1

Engineering TcchnoJ ogy

The Centennial Building, currently under construe-

ion an&lt;l scheduJc&lt;l for completion in 1968-69, has been designed
inL·luJc ample facilities

t ,i

ror th1s program.

The equipment

huJg&lt;.'t of

Olll'

half million dollar:~ wi'l] provide the C''.~scntiai

a pp a r :1 t u s

t' o r

t h e 1 a b o r at o r i c s .

1 11

t lw 1 0 (, 8 / 9 a c a &lt;l cm j c y c a r .

, 1 ('

r r o 111 C r a clc l 2 , t h C' 5 - ye ~ r
·ln addition,

1n 1.1,

h' i

T h c p r o gr a 111

\✓ i

J 1 b c ope r at i n g

Admission to Lhc~c programs will
st
the

re a rn .
first ·y ear only of an Engineer-

dc/rc.:c program will cont inuc to he offC'rcJ

in ·1 968/9, ,tlong

th 1 he first year only of the Ryerson Architecture d·iploma

progr,irn.

�Oh jl'ct
j

-

·-

iVL' S
..

·--·

I~)b8

· · · - - ~ - - - -• ... ~---- - - -

- 1975
-

-----

Lakehead University now proposes to intro&lt;lucc a new
concept (in Ontario) in degree programs in Engineering.

It is

proposed that, beginning in 1970/71, a fourth and fifth year be
introduced for carefully selected graduates of diploma programs in
the four fields of engineering listed above.

Students who complete

these two additional years would receive a degree in Engineering.
The year 1970/71 was selected because this will coincide
with the first graduating cJasses in Engineering Technology from
Ontario's newly established Colleges of J\pplicd Arts and Technology.
Fnr the current year the total enrolment in Engineering Technology
in this Province is 4,550 (Ryerson 1,600, other CAA.T's 2,950).

It

has heen estimated that in 1970, the number o f graduates will exceed
!,S00.

Past experience indicates that

a

significant number of

these graduates want to go on in a degree program, with a&lt;lvanced
standing.

The fourth and fifth years proposed at Lakchead have

been espec.ially designed for them.

At the present time, some of these graduates are being aclmj ttcd

nn d,

to established degree programs in l:nginccring, nt

in

some cases, at the third year I.eve].

/\.

gr ;idua tcs have gone on to Schoo Is or Engi nee· ring

the

second

large numher of
in the lJni. tcd

St ates and a very large percentage of them remained there after

Graduates of three-year diploma programs who have been
; 1d 111

i t t L"' d t o de gr cc pro gr ams have , o f n e c es s i. t

"!' it

(

v,

b c en re q u i red t o

into" exist.ing programs which have been designed for students

&lt;'n tcri.ng

directly from high school.

Experience

has

shown them to

he a llc:1d or these stuJcnts in some areas Jnd bchi.nd them in others.

�The four degree programs (Civil, Electrical (Electronic),
Mechanical and Chemical (Pulp and Paper)) proposed for Lakehead
lJniV('rsity School of Engineering have been specifica1ly designed
for students who have completed the correspond.ing three-year
::.

diploma programs with an average of 70% or better.

Graduates

from Ryerson and from all CAAT' s will also be· el igihlc for
admission.

(

(

�LAKEHEAD UNIVERSITY
r----,
I ~QADE I
I
1'2
A
I

L- _

r- - - - ,
I
I

I

6 t:'lA"Oi
l3

I

I

"SI

Ji~

Er-HilNEErc1NG

TEC.HNOLOC:a'I
C.OMM0N Fl-.'Si ";£A~

I

I

L--r-.J

rr

TI
Ct~IL
TEC.MNOLOC,~

(

[

ME C.MAN ICAL
iiC ~OL.06~

ELE.C.T21CAL.
iECMNOL.0G~

m

m

Me.C:MANICAL.

t. l.E.C'TRICAL

m
CHEMICAL

i'fE!cSON
( AN1' Oi ~Ee) 1-------41-_,.
DIPLOMA
/'"\_ _ _ _ _ __

G;ADuAi~':, - -- - -1"'....___ _ _____,JI' r " \ - - - - - - - . -....
WIT 1-4

10o/o

I' r"\.___ _ ____,/' " ' - - - - - - - . 1- ~

I'~

AVE2AG.E

N

lY
CIVIL

E.N61MEE.IIN GI

E.LE.C.i~IC.AL
Ewa1Ne.E21wG

y

Y.
CIVIL

DAiE.D : (o =&gt;EPT

MECHA~ICAI.
E.NC:IINEEIINGa

N

toi

ELECT~ICAL

iY

CHE.Ml CAL.

-

-

12

1

/

T3

PROGRAM NETWORK

�TLNTATJVE BUDGET FOR FOURTll AND FIFTH YEAR OF

DEGREE PROGRAM lN ENGINEERING

nctailc&lt;l budget analysis, based on careful

estimates of income and expenditures, have been prepared [or
ca1.: h year up to 1974-75.

Enrollment in each program for 1965

tu J97S is shown on Table [.

Total Faculty required in Engineer-

ing, Arts an&lt;l Scienc0 are shown on Table II.
t

s

'.··.t 1 mm a r

Budget analysis

i. z c d on Ta h l c I I. I .

lt is evi&lt;lcnt that the four diploma programs
\\i

h i ch a r c al r cad y cs ta h 1 is h c J can b c op c rat c d wi th in th c form u 1 a ..

The addit.i.on of the fourth and fifth years,
p r o v i cl ·i n g for d c g r cc s 'i n t h c s am c four f i e 1 d s o f en gin c e r j n g

(

wil I increase the annual operating budget by $220,000 to $250,000.
T Ii c c s t i Ill: 1t c J (' ll r

is

_iust over 200 students.

No ad&lt;litional space will be required,

l)lf t t Ji c.re w i 11 be a mode s t

r c q u i rem c n t o f approx i mat c 1 y $ 2 8 0 , 0 0 0

ro r

On c c a g a i n ,

&lt;'Jlt

~1

&lt;l &lt;l i t i on ~11 c q u i p rn c n t .

it

i s c v i ll c n t that t h c

i rt' program proposed for the School of Engineering can

1)p cr;_1 tc

(

o l mc n t i n t h c fourth an J f i f t h y car ( L9 7 l - 7 2 _)

within the formula.

�ESTDi:'\TES OF L\TWL)E:\T 1\ T~:1·:. SCiOJL

1967
1968

~

~

~

~

1

r_,

&lt;
'.....

'-' ·J

~ ~~

1

2 !=. j
-;:.. - -

-

l ~-, (, 9

1970

·; 9 7

~0:2

l 9 7 .3

l ,,

19o9

l 0 :- 0

1971.

197

1973

19: ~;

19-:-5

gy

Ci\. i 1 Engine c ring Ir
Civil Engineering V
l e c t r i c En :;_ i n e e Li _r~~ I V
Llectric Engi~eering V
.'·;cc h an 1 ca I 1.:. n g 1 n c e r 1 n g I V
&gt;iech anical Engi:i1eer.ing \'
P~lp &amp; ?a?cr Engineering IV
?ulp &amp; Paper Engineering V
Su:) Total

105

126

174

-J

=~

:..i

~

:,.)

'.

-

-

-

30
2Sb
lO
22
l2
14
18
0

301

j

Od

-

0

0

40

40

48

'T~:&gt;tal Degree

-40

40

48

Total School of Engineering

14S

166

222

:; 5
25c
2- l
50
3 Sc.
36

.lb

4Od

0

App!ied Science I
Applied Science IIA
:\2.P_l_ied Science IIB

30
26b
lO
- 43-~
..; 2 b

30d

=

~

10Ci 7)

1)65

----

Total Technolcgy

(lkc.

; :.\C::\L: R}\G -

C i v 1 T c ch no J o Q y I
-+ 0 a ~
20 a
2 ·+
Ci1.· 1 Technology II
24
25
L5
C i. \~ 1 Tc ch no 1 o cv L I I
-- - - - - - - - --- - - - -- - - - - Electronic Tcc}rnology I
212
30a
36
Electronic Tech no l o QY l I
20
Electronic Technology III
~-! e C ;1 an i Ca 1 Te Ch n O 10
I
•20a
2 4.
~!echanic~l Technology II
13
~\ ~ e c ha n i c a l Te c h no l o g y II I
?ulp &amp; Paper Technology I
15a
18
P;,_11 p &amp; P a p e r Tc ch no 1 o ay I I
lO
Pulp &amp; Paper Tcc;hnology III
~ycrson Arch. 'i.'cch. I
16
16
16
\1ining Technology
4
0
0
'- -~--

_ :
:.: : l
.--; ~~ :

or

100d

:

35

j

2 l.
25
l 7c
10
20
O

25c

•

42
23c
21
58
4 2c
34
42
2Sc
2l
30
20c
13
2_0
O

2
28c
2l

!,

; s- -~-

42
2f:c
:1
- SS

_

...,.1 7 ,\......

O

20
;

0
3 SJ SJ

35
...) :,,..
4~
32

40

:. ;. u

.D

~

203

-

_u_ _

399
~~

:,

'-"

561

(j

~) '. . )

~~ \.)

::-C
-~
,) V
~ Cl

:) i_,

32

5~1

3J

t,

\.I

:)

.J

j_
2 -0

239

239

o3 S

(:, ;; s

,Q

JU

0
30
6
5

-!

\_,I

~
r...

-

--- -

4 01

.
'--:

~,c-'..)4~-----=:=-"l..,......1 - rr-,,.--==-rz
2 Sc
:sc
2l
2l
====-::::=~ =
3lT
(f
20c
j
Uc
1.3
3

399

25
6

~

~

~:

4~~ c

35 8

30
50

L

~---

,.......... .

v .... , ...J

-

�No
. 1 ('

'. -:.

}'(.'

T.;'I. .h I C'

I

:1)

l n l ~) () 7 · () 8, (il stud c n t s w&lt;.· r C' c n r o 11 C' cl i 11 "f ·i rs t y car
LI q~ i n c &lt;.' r i n g 'l' l' l' h no 1 o g y" ( 4 0 + 21) .
1 t i s a s ~ u nw cl th ~1 t
1 h i :, f i g u r c w i l 1 i n c rt'~,~; c t o 8 5 j n t 1i c f o 1 l O\v i n g y c ;1 r .

h}

lt is ,1ssu111c'd that the cxp(111&lt;.lcd orrcring~ wj1J result
jn more· studC'nts colllinf. jnto tliC' progr;1ms ,vith a complete
C~rc1dc l ~~ThC')' \vi.I 1 r·ntC'r at the· second yc,ir level.

c)

Second year c11 ro] rnc11t s '" i.] 1 be J a rgc bcc~n1sC' cl ire-ct
&lt;.' n t r i es from (; r ;i cl c· 1 ~ ,,, j ] 1 comp en s a t c for so 111 c o f th c
first y car fa j ] u re~ s . ·

d)

Jt is proposC'&lt;.l that C'nrol111C'nt he injti(1l]y restricted
to QJlC' sc-c t j on j n each or th rcC' prog r;1ms.
/\ 11 of the
nc-w C.'\/\T' s \\1 1 l1 rrocluce . their r i rst gr~1du:Lt i ng cJ :-iss in
] ~) 7 () - 71 .
c; r [l cl ll at(' s \\ j th Ji j g h cl Cl&lt;.k 11d C s l ,111 d i Ilg
( ,1 ppr ox i nw t c l y 7 0 ~ av c r n g C') ,d l1
b c ad 111 j t t c cl to ye ~1 r 4
of the (kgrcC' progr:1m.
Crc1du:1tc~ from J.,1kC'hcad Universj ·t y, HyC'rson ~,nd the.' CAJ\T's wj] I b(• c]igi.b]C' for
adnl"i s s .ion.
1

�LJ\KEHEAD .UN1VERSITY
School of Engineering
Enrolment Prior to 1968
1965
1966

1967

1967
1968

Engineering Technology l

42

41

40

Engineering Technology II

21

24

24

Mining Technology I

11

10

8

8

4

12

12

16

38

21

135

133

105

28

29

40

28

29

10

162

145

1906

Diploma Programs

Mining Technology II
Ryerson Architecture I

(

Ryerson Enginecrjng TcchnoJ.ogy J
Total Diploma
Jk __g_~·_c c

Appl

ieJ

Programs
Science I

Applied Science IIA
/\pp] ie&lt;l

Science IIB

Tot31 School of Engineering

163

�L.-\ .f(E HE.-\D U\ r:E RS I TY

SCHOOL OF E\GI\EERING
T..\BLE II

Summarv of Total Faculty for the Period 1965 - 1975
PROGRA:\l: Degree: 4th &amp; 5th year in Chemical, Civil, Electrical, Mechanical
Diploma: 3-year programs in Chemical, Civil, Electrical, Mechanical
1st year Ryerson Architecture

1965
1966

--

1966
1967

--

1967
1968
--

1968
1969

--

1969
1970
--

1970
1971
--

1971

1972

1972
--

1973
--

1973
1914

1974
1975

-- -

Engineering Faculty

6

6

6

6

8

19

27

27

27

27

&amp; Science

4

4

4

-l

4

8

8

8

8

8

Arts

Faculty

Total Engineering, Arts

&amp;Science

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

10

10

10

10

12

27

35

35

35

35

-

=

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

c.,

NOTES

1)

Based on the current system of units used in Arts &amp; Science
i.e., 1 lecture hour per week for 1 term= 1 unit
2 laboratory hours per week for 1 term= 1 unit
18 units= 3 full courses

2)

Number of Faculty

= Number of units divided by 18

\

'"d

...

OQ

ro

I-'
0

�UJ:EHLi\.D UNIVERSITY

SCnOOL OF ENGINEERING

Table III.

Analysis of Programs
PP.OGRA}l:

1.

(a)

(a)

Degree (c):
Diploma:

4th and 5th yea:
1) Electrical
3 year programs in
l) Electrical
1st year Ryerso~ Architecture

2)
2)

Civil

Civil

3)
3)

Mechanical
Mc:chanical

4)
4)

Chemical
Chemical

1965
1966

1966
1967

1967
1968

1968

1969
1970

1970

1971

1969

197l(c)

1972

1972
1973

1973
1974

1974
1975

Total Enrolment, Sch. of Engineering

163

162

145

166

222

401

561

638

638

638

Diploma

135

133

105

126

174

301

358

399

399

399

Degree

28

29

40

40

48

100

203

239

239

239

104

104

104

104

104

147

340

480

480

480

0

0

0

0

43

193

140

0

0

0

65

65

65

65

65

77

135

141

141

141

2.

Total Units in Engineering_ Courses

3.

Additional Units in Engineering Courses

4.

Total Units in Arts &amp; Science

"tj
~

00

5.

Ad d itio na l Units in Arts &amp; Science

(b)

6.

U.Sc h . Faculty for Established Courses

5.8

5.8

(b)

7.

Arts &amp; Sc. Faculty for Established
Courses

3.6
0

(b)

8.

U.Sch. Faculty for Additional Courses

(b)

9.

Arts~ Science Faculty for Additional
Courses

10.

Total Faculty, Arts, Science &amp; U. Sch.

11.

Student:

12.

Number of Income Units

Faculty Ratio

0

9.4

0

12

58

6

0

0

5.8

5.8

5.8

8.2

18.9

26.7

26.7

27

3.6

3.6

3.6

3.6

4.3

7.5

7.9

7.9

8

0

0

0

2.4

10.7

7.8

0

0

0

0

0.7

3.2

0.4

0

0

0

9.4

9.4

12.5

26.4

34.6

34.6

34.6

35

0

9.4

0

17.3/1 17.2/1 15.4/1 17.6/1 17.7/1 15.2/1
186

191

185

206

270

501

0

0

-

16.2/1 18.4/1 18.4/1 18.2/1
761

877

877

877

.__/

(D

!-'
!-'

,,-..

-Cl

�,.
L.A..KEHEAD UNIVERSITY

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING
Anslysis of Programs

PROGRAM:

1.

Degree (c):
Diploma

4th and 5th year
1) Electrical
1) Electrical
3 year programs in
1st year Ryerson Architecture

Total Enrolment, Sch. of Eng'ing
Diploma
Degree

2)

Civil
Civil

3)
3)

Mechanical
Mechanical

4)
4)

Page 2

Chemical
Chemical

1970

1970
1971 (c)

1971
1972

1972
1973

1973
1974

1974
1975

166
126
40

222
174
48

401
301
100

561
358

638
399
239

638
399
239

399
239

928000

1150000

1230000

1315000

1967
1968

1968
1969

145
105
40

2)

Table III.

1969

203

638

(d) 13.

Basic Income (Formula)

$173000

206000

289000

570000

(e) 14.

Emerging Grant Estimate

$110000

55000

28000

14000

(f) 15.

Est. Fees Income

$ 58000

68000

94000

181000

278000

333000

349000

366000

16.

Est. Total Income

$341000

329000

411000

765000

1206000

1483000

1579000

1681000

17.

60% Income for Instruction

$205000

197000

246000

460000

724000

890000

946000

1010000

168000

380000

533000

570000

618000

6(10000

~

~

""~
~

'-

(g) 18.

School of Engineering Budget Only

$110000

118000

(h) 19.

Service Courses Arts &amp; Science

$ 42000

45000

48000

62000

116000

130000

138000

151000

20.

Total Sch. of Engineering Budget

$152000

163000

216000

442000

649000

700000

748000

811000

21.

+ Surplus

+$53000

+$34000

+$30000

+$18000

+$75000

+$190000

+$198000

+$199000

(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)

Based on the current system of units used in Arts &amp; Science
i.e. 1 lecture hour per week for 1 term= 1 unit
2 lecture hours per week for 1 term= 1 unit
Number of Faculty= Number of units divided by 18
Degree introductory year 1970-1971
$940 x 185 income units= $173,000; assumed increase in income unit 7% per annum
Assumed to decrease at the rate of 50% per annum
Assumed to increase at 5% per annum
Assumed to increase at 7% per annum; For 1969-70: $118,000 x 1.07 x 12.5/9.4 = $168,000
Increase based on Faculty ratio; for 1969-70: 3.6/12.5 x $168,000 = $48,000
\

---

v

�LAKEHEAD UNIVERSITY
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

Program

Outlines
Pag~
Summary

Course
Description

B.A.Sc. Degree Programs
Chemical Engineering Courses

13

17

Civil Engineering Courses

14

19

Eng i n cc r in g Co u rs cs

15

22

Mechanical Engineering Courses

}()

25

17

28

I: I (' c t r ·i c a I

Arts

(

&amp; Science

Courses

�Page 13
LAKEHEAD UNIVERSITY
CHEMICAL ENGiiJEERING DEGREE PROGR.Al'1

LEC.

FOURTH YEAR
Physics
Mathematics
Mathematics
Chemistry
Chemistry
Engineering
Engineering
Engineering

3e6
3q6
3r4
3f6
3h6
ChE4c
MT3b
ME4g

Modern Physics (Selected topics)
Differential Equations
Applied Statistics
Organic Chemistry
Analytical Chemistry &amp; Instru. Analysis
Process Principles in Unit Operations
Fluid Mechanics (same as Mech. III)
Engineering &amp; Business
Humanities (elective)

TOTAL HOURS

LAB.

2
2
2
2

2
3

3
3
3

2
1
3

2

19

11

FIFTH YEAR

Engineering
Engineering

MESa
ChESa
ChESb
ChESc
ChESd
ChESe
MESg
MESh

Engineering

ESa

Engineering
Engineering
Engineering
Engineering
Engineering
(

-~

Eng i.nec.d ng

Applied Thermodynamics
Computer Analysis &amp; Programming
Chemistry of Cellulose &amp; Wood
Advanced Pulp &amp; Paper Mfg.
Process Dynamics, Control &amp; Optimization
Economics of Plant Design
Systems Engineering
Production Management
Humanities (elective)
Thesis Project
TOTAL HOURS

C

2

2
2
2
2

2
2

3x
3
2
2

2
3

1

20

3y
10

�Page 14

LAKEHEAD UNIVERSI1Y
CIVIL ENGINEERD~G DEGREE PROGRAM

FOURTH YEAR
Physics
Engineering
Engineering
Mathematics
Engineering
Engineering
Engineering
Engineering
Engineering
Engineering
Engineering

3e6
ME4a
ME4b
3p4
CE4a
EE4a
MT2a
CE4b
CE4c
CE4d
ME4g

Modern Physics (selected topics)
Mechanics of Materials
Materials Science
Applied Mathematics
Matrix Analysis &amp; Computer Application
Electrical Engineering I
Thermodynamics I
Math. Theory of Elasticity
Surveying
Laboratory
Engineering &amp; Business
Humanities (elective)

TOTAL HOURS

LEC.

LAB.

2
2

0

2x
2
2y
2

3

2
3

2
3

1
3

2

21

8

FIFTH YEAR

Engineering
-Engineering
Engineering
Engineering
Engineering
Engineering
Engineering
Engineering
Engineering

CE5a
CE5b
CESc
CESd
CESe
CE5f
CESg
CESh
ESa

Hydraulic Engineering
Soil_ Mechanics &amp; Foundation Design
Structural Analysis
Structural Design
Reinforced Concrete Design
Municipal Planning, Administration &amp; Transp.
Traffic &amp; Transp. Engineering
Civil Eng. Laboratory
Humanities (elective)
Thesis Project
TOTAL HOURS

2
3x
3
2

3

2
2
2

3y
3

3

2

2y

2lx
18y

6x
lly

�Page 15

LAKEHEAD UNIVERSITY
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING DEGREE PROGRAM

LEC.

FOURTH YEAR
Physics
Engjneering
Engineering
Mathematics
Mathematics
E,ngineering
Engineering
Engineering

3e6
ME4a
ME4b
3p4
3q6

EE4c
EE4d
ME4g

LAB.

Modern Physics (selected topics)
Mechanics of Materials
Materials Science
Applied Mathematics
Differential Equations
Electrical Engineering I
Electronics
Engineering &amp; Business
Humanities (elective)

1
3

TOTAL HOURS

18

11

2
3
2
2
2

3

2
2
2
2
2

.,

'-

2

3

2

3
3

F [FTH YEAR

(

hema ti.cs
Engineering
Engineering
Engineering
Englnc0ring
Enf;lneering

Mat

4p4

Eng im'l'r ing

EESa
EESb
EE5c
EESd
EESe
MESh

Eng i Ut!ering

ESa

Advanced Mathematics
Electronics
Electrical Engineering II
Connnunications Systems
Control Systems
Electrical Engineering Laboratory
Production Management
Humanities (el ectlvc)
Thesis Project
TOTAL' HOURS

3
6

2

3
2

16

14

�Page 16
LAKEHEAD UNIVERSITY
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DEGREE PROGRAM
FOURTH YEAR
Physics
Engineering
Engineering
Mathematics
Mathematics
Engineering
Engineering
Engineering

LEC.

3e6
ME4a
ME4b
3p4
3q6

EE4a
EE4b
ME4g

Modern Physics (selected topics)
Mechanics of Materials
Materials Science
Applied Mathematics
Differential Equations
Electrical Engineering I
Experimental Electronics
Engineering &amp; Business
Humanities (elective)
TOTAL HOURS

2
2
2
2
2
2

1
1

LAB.

3

2
3
2
2

3

17

12

FIFTH YEAR

(

Engineering
Engjnecring
Engineering
Engineering
Engineering
Engineering
Engineering
Engineering

MESa
ME.Sb
MESc
ME5d
ME5e
MESf
MESg
ME5h

Engineering

ESa

Applied Thermodynamics
Heat Transfer
Fluid Mechanics
Mechanical Analysis
Eng. Design (Computer Appl.)
Mechanical Engineering Laboratory
Systems Engineering
Production Management
Humanities (elective)
Thesis Project
TOTAL HOURS

(

2
2
2

2
2

3
2

6
2
2

3

2

17

13

�Page 17

LAKEHEAD UNIVERSITY SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

The following courses are offered for the Engineering Degree programs.
(Prerequisite: Diploma in Engineering Technology with 70% average.)
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING DEGREE COURSES (Pulp and Paper)
Engineering ChE4a - Process Principles in Unit Operations
Calculations and concepts of unit operations associated with fluid dynamics,
chemical energy, materials balance and heat transfer; specific emphasis
in the areas of evaporation, filtration, humidification, drying, and chemical
recovery methods and equipment.

Engineering ChE5a - Computer Analysis &amp; Programming
Computer programming and the application of the computer in data analysis
and process control.

(

Engineering ChESb - Chemistry of Cellulose &amp; Wood
Chemistry of wood, pulp and pulping by-products covering: wood composition, cellulose, lignin, hemicellulose, extractives, spent liquor utilization, bleaching mechanisms and reactions, effect of chemical treatment
on optical and strength properties of paper.

Engineering ChESc - Advanced Pulp &amp; Paper Manufacture
Continuation of topics introduced in earlier courses. Lecture and laboratory
time is devoted to theory, engineering practice involving process techniques,
pulping equipment, chemical recovery, by-products, bleaching, fiber preparation,
formation and water removal from paper, slime control, stream and air pollution.

�Page 18

Engineering ChESd - Process Dynamics, Control &amp; Optimization
Analysis of the dynamics of simple process units and systems; mathematics
of process dynamics and control including differential equations and
transform techniques; control loop imperfections - hystersis lag and
deadtime; applications to stability; control, instrumentation and optimization of such processes.

Engineering ChESe - Economics of Plant Design
Plant location; plant and process design, operation and optimization;
systems approach; over-all plant integration. Students will submit
design proposals of equipment and plants pertaining to the various
aspects of pulp and paper industry.

(

�Page 19

CIVIL ENGINEERING DEGREE COURSES

Engineering CE4a - Matrix Analysis &amp; Computer Applications
Application to structural analysis; Matrix multiplication, inversion,
transposition, properties of matrices.

Engineering CE4b - Mathematical Theory of Elasticity
Stress-strain relationships and analysis in two and three dimensions;
thermal effects; variation principles; parametric expansion methods;
linear and non linear theory of beams, plates an&lt;l shells.

(

Eng necrlng CE4c - Surveying
Control surveys; triangulation; geodetic field surveying; base line
measurements; computation of geodetic positions; astronomical determinations; map projection photogrammetry.

Engineering CE4d - Laboratory
Laboratory applications of principles covered in Surveying, Electrical
Engineering, Thermodynamics and Mechanics of Materials ..

(

�Page 20
~nginecring CESa - Hydraulic Engineering
Application of fluid mechanics to civil engineering problems: flow in
pipes and open channels, surge tanks, water hammer, pumps, turbines,
hydrology. Principles of design, operation and field investigation of
hydraulic mechanisms.

Engineering CE5b - Soil Mechanics &amp; Foundation Design
Foundation investigation; bearing capacity of soils; footing design; raft
pile, pier and other foundations; settlement studies; excavation and
underpinning; theories of vertical and lateral soil pressures; hydrostatic
uplift and seepage; retaining walls and abutments; stability of embankments; unusual foundation considerations.

r

Engineering CESc - Structural Ana!,y_§Js
A comprehensive study of indeterminate systems by deflection methods,
least work, three moment theorem. Slope deflection, moment distribution,
column analogy. Introduction to computer methods in solid mechanics.

Engineering CtSd - Structural Design
Non-homogeneous beams; plate girders; plastic design; bridge design.

l

�Page 21
~nginecring CE5e - Reinforced Concrete Design

Cdntinuous beams and frames; prestressed concrete; retaining walls; arch
and shell roofs; concrete bridges.

Engineering CESf - Municipai Planning, Administration &amp; Transportation

Contemporary concepts in town and regional planning and their theoretical,
practical and legal applications; organization of municipal government,
finance, legislation; the role of the municipal engineer and consultant
in public works; provision of municipal services; growth of regions as
affected by transportation; co-ordination of transportation with land use.

Engineering CESg - Traffic

&amp; Transportation Engineering

Urban transportation planning; methods of project evaluation; theory
of traffic flow; characteristics of traffic flow and traffic control
at intersections; transportation systems: highway, railroad, shipping,
pipelines, conveyors, airports; structural design of pavements.
•

Engineering CESh - Civil Engineering Laboratory
Soils and foundations; hydraulics; sanitary engineering.

�Page 22

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING DEGREE COURSES

Engineering EE4a - Electrical Engineering I
Review of 2 and 3 terminal network analysis. Matrix methods applied to
network analysis. Transmission line theory. Fourier series and integrals
and application to complex waveform analysis. The . laplace transformation.
Response of circuits to pulses and transients. Electromechanical energy
conversion: commutator machines;. induction and synchronous machines; 3-phase
machines; the transformer; the saturable reactor
electronic control of
machines; servomechanisms. Introduction to power distribution systems.

Engineering EE4b - Experimental Electronics
Electrical measurements; electronic components, instruments, circuits;
experimental techniques.

Engineering EE4c - Electrical Engineering I
Electromechanical energy conversion; DC and AC machines; servo motors;
generalized rotating machine; transformers; transducers; machine networks.

Engineering EE4d - Electronics
Semiconductor physics; semiconductor/insulator surfaces and interfaces;
contact phenomena. Theory and practical design features of electron devices:
p.n. junction diodes; varactors; zener diodes; unipolar and bipolar transiitors;
thyristors; Hall effect multiplier. Microwave Solid State Devices: Gunn
oscillator; Silicon Avalanche diode; Schottky barrier diode.

l

�23
Engineering EE5a - Electronics
Analysis and design of amplifiers, oscillators, detectors, modulators, wave
shaping circuits; electro acoustical transducers; noise in electronic circuits;
logic circuits; computer memory systems. Physics and fabrication of semiconductor integrated circuits; design of digital and linear integrated circuits.
Physics of thin and thick films and application to microelectronics. Introduction to computer aided design of microcircuits.

Engineering EE5b - Electrical Engineering II
Passive and active filter design. Circuits with distributed constants.
Electromagnetic field theory; Maxwell's equations; radiation; reflection and
refraction; Power density and the Poynting Vector. Wave propagation in
conducting media. Charged particles in electromagnetic fields. Microwave
tubes. Electron beam devices. Application of the theory of the complex
variable to solution of field problems. Introduction to network synthesis.

Engin~ering EESc - Communication Systems
Modulation theory and noise. Phase sensitive detectors. Parametric amplifiers. Multiplex methods. Pulse code modulation. Line, radio, and microwave communications systems and equipment. Introduction to information theory
and coding.

Engineering EESd - Control Systems
Feedback control systems analysis; stability, gain, compensation; design of
linear control systems; introduction to non linear systems.

l

�Page 24

Engineering EESe - Electrical Engineering Laboratory
Laboratory for EE5a, EE5b, EE5c, EESd.

�Page 25

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DEGREE COURSES

Engineering ME4a - Mechanics of Materials
Statistical mechanical analysis; stress distribution; struts; failure;
bending theory; strain energy; solids and fluids tensor notation.

Engineering ME4b - Materials Science
Physical, mechanical, chemical properties of metallic, ionic, polymeric
materials; correlation of properties with crystal and microstructure;
quantitative metallography. Crystal imperfections. Diffusion. Metallic
solutions and compounds; phase diagrams. Dislocations.
(

Engineering ME4g - Engineering &amp; Business
Engineering and business planning, organizing, directing, staffing,
controlling and assembling resources; modern planning techniques; business,
labour and law seminars.

Engineering ME5a - Applied Thermodynamics
Steady and unsteady bulk flow; turbines, compressors, heat exchangers;
power generation, refrigeration cycles. Kinetic theory of rate processes.

�Page 26
Engineering MESb - Heat Transfer
Conduction, convection, radiation; industrial processes and nuclear
energy conversion; boiling, condensation organic liquids and liquid metals;
vapour state energy conversion and transmission.

Engineering MESc - Fluid Mechanics
Compressible and incompressible fluid dynamics; conservation of mass
momentum and energy; stress-strain relations; Navier-Stokes equations;
potential flow; similitude, creeping flow, porous media flow, boundary
layers; flow and energy dissipation in uniform conduits internal aerodynamics; fluid machinery; external aerodynamics.

(
~

Engineering MESd - Mechanical Analysis
Selection and design of machines and components; vibration and noise;
design synthesis; application of experimental stress analysis; structural similitude and modeling.

Engineering MESe - Engineering Design
Creative design and design analysis; system approach; competitive alternatives; student presentations of formal proposals.

�Page 27

Engineering MESf - Mechanical Engineering Laboratory
Experiments and projects for MESa, ME5b, MESc, MESd, MESh showing
relation between analytical and experimental methods in the solution of
research and development problems; computer applications.

Engineering MESg - Systems Engineering
Dynamic modeling; unified treatment of active and passive mechanical,
fluid, thermal, electrical and electronic systems and devices. Examples
from chemical, electrical, civil, mechanical, aeronautical and business.

(

Engineering MESh - Production Management
Operations research; mathematics for management; sales, financial, and
productior1 systems; planning and control techniques; input output
analysis

�Page 28
The following courses are offered for the Engineering Degree programs
by Departments of Arts and Science.

Mathematics 3k6 - Differential Equations
Linear algebra, linear differential equations with constant coefficients,
geometry of solutions, non-linear equations, phase plane, linear systems
with variable coefficients, series solutions, numerical computation and
computer programming.

Mathematics 3p4 - Applied Mathematics
Vectors, vector calculus, vector operations and fields with applications
in classical mechanics; rotational motion and central forces, orbital
motion; introduction to tensors with applications in continuum mechanics
and elasticity.

Mathematics 3r4 - Applied Statistics
A review of statistics - tests of hypothesis, sampling, regression
analysis, analysis of variance. Experimental methods of design,
complete and incomplete factorial and block design, response surface
techniques of optimization. Applied portion of course to pertain to
the analysis of quality control and engineering data.

Mathematics 4p4 - Advanced Mathematics
An advanced course in mathematics for electrical engineers.
To include Probability Theory. Theory of Complex Variable.

�Page 29

Physics 3e6 - Modern Physics
Atomic and nuclear physics illustrating principles of quantum mechanics.
To include: Band theory of solids, and elements of crystallography; particle
statistics; Brillouin zones and E/k diagrams; effective mass of electrons
and holes. Transport properties of metals: electrical and thermal conductivities; Hall effect; thermoelectric effects; supertonductivity. Electron/
phonon interaction in solids. Optical properties of semiconductors. Electromagnetic interactions: masers and lasers~ Resonances in solids. Magnetic
and dielectric properties of solids.

Chemistry 3f6 - Organic Chemistry
Classification and nomenclature of simple organic compounds; nature of
covalent bond; resonance; stereo-chemistry. The general reactions and
the reaction
mechanisms of addition, substitution and elimination.
Laboratory preparation and purification of organic compounds.

(
Chemistry 3h6 - Analytical Chemistry and Instrumental Analysis
The theory of gravimetric, volumetric and instrumental analysis. Analytical
methods as applied to the field of organic and inorganic chemistry. Special
and advanced applications to Pulp and Paper.

�Page 30

J\ppcndi.x /\

Lakehead Universitf
School of Eng1neer1ng:

.

Diploma/Degree Program Features

1)

Operation of Engineering Technology Diploma and Engineering
Degree academic programs in series will improve the long term
relationship between technologists and engineers by increasing the understanding of the role and function of each relative to one another.

2)

Provides a practical method for Engineering Technology
diploma graduates to stay in l:ana&lt;la to complete the requirements for an engineering degree within a time frame acceptable and encouraging to the serious student.

3)

Applies the concept of the extended cooperative prosram. After
only 3 years of technical study a student is qual1f1e""J as a
technologist to spend an extended period of time in the industry and return to complete the Engineering degree requirements. Not all students would choose this option, however;
students who must fund their own education would benefit.

4)

The concept of the industry standard and modernization can
be incorporated in the laboratory design and curriculum. In
addition, the maximum possible use can be made of secondary
industry facilities in the J.akehead which may help to establish a mutually attractive an&lt;l active applied research and
technology applications program. This would lead, in the
long term, to high retention of graduates in the J.akchcad
area and provide assistance anJ encouragement to the more
rapid development of secondary industry in the Lakchead.

5)

Summer session short courses for Industry and Government in
applications technology an&lt;l applied research seminars can be
developed to utilize School of Engineering resources ancl
capabilities.

6)

The diploma/degree program in engineering will operate effectively on the system of formula financing which is now in use
in the Province of Ontario.

�LAKEHEAD

UNIVERSITY

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

Enrolment Projections

~

October 1968

Q)
':)I;

Degree Diploma CM)
Degree Diploma( P)

~

~

600
(/)

+-'

C

500

(1)

-0
:::J

U)

400

Diploma (M)
Diploma (P)

'+-

0
L

.8

300

E
:::J

z

-Ctl

----•-- - - - •- - - - - •

200
/

.,,,-""

(~J ~edian Estimate

~

/

+-'

~

,.•

Degree CM)

100

•-----•0

68/69

_,

69
/70

,, ,

,.

.

/

t P)

/

Pessimistic E~timate

/

70
111

7

1/72

Academi ~ Year

72
/73

73/74

7
4/75

,_ )

�</text>
                  </elementText>
                </elementTextContainer>
              </element>
            </elementContainer>
          </elementSet>
        </elementSetContainer>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <collection collectionId="4">
      <elementSetContainer>
        <elementSet elementSetId="1">
          <name>Dublin Core</name>
          <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
          <elementContainer>
            <element elementId="50">
              <name>Title</name>
              <description>A name given to the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="618">
                  <text>Lakehead University Collection</text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
            <element elementId="41">
              <name>Description</name>
              <description>An account of the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="619">
                  <text>Photographs from Lakehead University's history: people, events,  and campus. </text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
          </elementContainer>
        </elementSet>
      </elementSetContainer>
    </collection>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130451">
                <text>Proposed Degree Program in School of Engineering </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="49">
            <name>Subject</name>
            <description>The topic of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130452">
                <text>Universities</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="41">
            <name>Description</name>
            <description>An account of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130453">
                <text>Proposed Degree Program in School of Engineering, Lakehead University, December 1968. Includes overview of Engineering Degree Program, history, objectives, budget, enrolment, and analysis.</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="39">
            <name>Creator</name>
            <description>An entity primarily responsible for making the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130454">
                <text>Lakehead University</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130455">
                <text>1968-12</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="42">
            <name>Format</name>
            <description>The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130456">
                <text>PDF</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="44">
            <name>Language</name>
            <description>A language of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130457">
                <text>English</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="51">
            <name>Type</name>
            <description>The nature or genre of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130458">
                <text>Text </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="43">
            <name>Identifier</name>
            <description>An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130459">
                <text>lu-15d</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="38">
            <name>Coverage</name>
            <description>The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130460">
                <text>Canada - Ontario - Port Arthur</text>
              </elementText>
              <elementText elementTextId="130461">
                <text>Canada - Ontario - Thunder Bay</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="15249" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="18853">
        <src>https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/8dfac58074251dbe599241523c97b9d7.pdf</src>
        <authentication>e1ad63bb138bac221fb0f1c62c57f789</authentication>
        <elementSetContainer>
          <elementSet elementSetId="4">
            <name>PDF Text</name>
            <description/>
            <elementContainer>
              <element elementId="52">
                <name>Text</name>
                <description/>
                <elementTextContainer>
                  <elementText elementTextId="129254">
                    <text>TELEPHONE 345 2121
AREA CODE 807

Lakeheacl. Untve:rst-ty
POSTAL STATION P. THUNDER BAY, ONTARIO. CANADA.

A DM I N I S T R A T I V E

***************************
C O MP U T E R

G U I D E

U S E R S

prepared

for
Lakehead University Administrative Departments

Lakehead University

COMPUTER CENTRE
September, 1971
Revised May, 1972

�TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.

2.

3.

Introduction ............................................ .

1-1

1.1
1.2

Computer CofTlllittees.................................
Computer Centre Structure...........................

1-2
1-4

Administrative Systems Services ......................... .

2-1

2. 1 Administrative Systems Personnel....................
2.2 Requests for Systems and Programming Services.......
2.3 Guidelines for the Allocation of Resources for
Major Computerized Projects.........................
2 . 4 Project Cont ro 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5 Modification to Production Programs.................

2-2
2-3
2-4
2- l 0
2-12

Computer Operations Services ............................ .

3-1

3. 1
. 3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5

3.6
3.7

(

General Information ................................ .
Request for Data Preparation ....................... .
Request for Computer Processing .................... .
Using Terminal Sy~tems ............................. .
Report Bursting and Decollating .................... .
Storage of Cards, Forms, Magnetic Disks and Tapes .. .
Retention of Magnetic Tapes ........................ .

Appendix A - Descripti~n of Forms..................................
CC0-001
CC0-002
CC0-003
CC0-004
CCl-001
CCl-002
CCl-003
Appendix

Request Control Form ........................ .
File Access Authorization ................... .
Request for Rerun ........................... .
Magnetic Tape Retention Form ................ .
Request for Programming and Systems Services.
Project Control Forms ....................... .
Discrepancy Notices ......................... .

B - Computer Centre Contacts.............................

3-1
3-2
3-4
3-8
3-10
3-11
3-12
A-1

A-3
A-8
A-.10
A-15
A-18
A-21
A-23
B-1

�1-1

1.

Introduction

This guide has been prepared to assist the Administrative
Personne1 at Lakehead University in making use of the various services
provided by the Computer Centre.
1.

These services inc1ude:

Consu1tation regarding the possib1e use of Computer
faci1ities and the deve1opment of systems,

2.

Development and maintenance of programs and systems,

3.

Preparing data for the systems in machine-readable
form,

4.

Contro11ing and running the Administrative Systems and
Programs.

The information contained in this guide does not specifically
(

pertain to any particu1ar system.

It is intended to summarize the

po1icies and procedures for the use of the Computer Centre services
by the Administrative Departments of the University.

�1-2

1. 1 Computer Committees
The policies of the Computer Centre are governed by the
decisions of two committees:
Presidential Advisory Committee of Administrative Computer Users (ACUC)
TERMS OF REFERENCE

******************
This Corrrnittee shall make recommendations to the President concerning
the present and future utilization of the resources of the Computer
Centre for administrative purposes.
To this end it shall:
(a)

maintain an accurate status record of the administrative
computer programs presently operative or in the developmental stages (including a record of the personnel
both within and without the computer centre directly
related to each program);

(b)

record and analyse requests by administrative departments for new programs including the related resources
requirements both within and without the Computer
Centre (including recommendations regarding the relative priority of each request);

(c)

make recommendations, not only to the President but
also to particular administrative computer users,
concerning the adequacy of existing or proposed
programs as regards their interdepartmental use;

(d)

investigate additional uses of the resources of the
Computer Centre beyond those presently in operation
or under development.

(

In the performance of these responsibilities, the Committee may call
upon the Director of the Computer Centre and his staff for the assistance it deems necessary.

�1-3

Academic Services Committee
The policies of the Computer Centre are governed by the recommendations of the Senate Academic Services Committee which has the
following terms of reference:
The Senate Academic Services Committee shall:
(a)

review and recommend to Senate for approval the policies, plans
and budgets of the Academic Service Units:

(b)

1)

Admissions and Records

2)

Computer Centre

3)

General Services

4)

Instructional Aids

5)

Personnel

establish subcommittees to initiate and review, in detail,
policies and plans and also review budgets of particular
Academic Services Units and to make recommendations to the
Committee in respect thereof.
The Academic Services Committee has set up a special computer

Subcommittee to which suggestions for change in Computer Centre
pol icy, plans, or budget are made.

�[

SENATE

,

I

BOARD OF GOVERNORS

11- - - - - - - - - - - , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

=:t"

~

I

EXECUTIVE ASS'T
TO PRESIDENT

PRESIDENT

I

&amp;

_J
I

VICE-PRESIDENT
'

ACADEMIC
SERVICES ~·
COMMITTEE

COMPUTER
SERVICES
SUBCOMMITTEE

k

I

CHAIRMAN
ADMINISTRATIVE
COMPUTER USERS
COMMITTEE

➔I

COMPUTER
CENTRE DIRECTOR

r- -------~
I
I

I
I
I

l

-·

SYSTEMS
SOFTWARE

r

I

I

I

I

SOFTWARE!
AINTENANCE

I

I

SOFTWARE
DEVELOPMENT

ACADEMIC
SERVICES

I
ADVISORY

I
I

&amp;

OPERATIONS

I
I

I
I

J

DATA
PREPARATION
&amp; CONTROL

PROGRAMMING

TEACHING

(1)
(1)
~
(1)

C)

I

COMPUTER
OPERATIONS

SYSTEMS
DESIGN

PROGRAMMING

( taken in part £Tom Lakehead University
Organization Chart)
(Sept. 1971)

H

::,

H .µ

.µ

ADMINISTRATIVE
SYSTEMS

CJ

::,
H

.µ

Cl)

H

(1)

.µ

::,

~

0

C)

N

.

,-f

\_

____,,,

�2.

Administrative Systems Services

The Administrative Systems Department of the Computer
Centre provides the following services to the Administrative
Computer Users:
1.

Consultation with the Administrative personnel
regarding the possible use of the computer facilities.

2.

Participation in feasibility studies as directed by
the Administrative Computer Users Committee, (ACUC)

J.

Design, development, and implementation of approved
Administrative Systems,

4.

Training of Administrative personnel on the use of
new computer Systems,

5.

Maintain existing computer systems as required.

�2-2

2. 1 Administrative Systems Personnel
Manager:

407

Mr. W. Bilyk

Senior Systems Analyst:
Senior Programner:
Programmers:

Mr. J. Edwards

Mr. P. Kempe

436
532

Mrs. L. Raty

435

Mr. J. Hansen

435

Mr. C. Morrison

536

The Administrative Systems personnel are located in an
open area in Room 1043 of the Main Building.
All inquiries regarding new or existing systems should
be directed to the Manager or the Senior Systems Analyst.
The Manager of Administrative Systems reports to the
Director of the Computer Centre.

�2-3

2.2 Requests for Systems and Progranming Services
The user is invited to consult with the Manager of the
Administrative Systems Department regarding any aspects of computerized
systems.
All requests for new systems or programs should be made
formally, in writing, after consultation with the Manager, and
addressed to him.

The form to use is entitled 'REQUEST FOR PROG-

RAMMING OR SYSTEMS SERVICES' (Form CCl-001, appendix A).
Requests for modifications to existing systems or programs,
and for new programs shall be considered for approval in accordance
with the following arrangements:
Under

(

10 hours --

The Manager of the Administrative
Systems Department

10 - 50 hours

The Director of the Computer
Centre

50 - 100 hours

Administrative Computer Users'
Comnittee (ACUC)

Over 100 hours

ACUC according to the Guidelines
for Allocation of Resources for
Major Computerized Projects (c.f.
Section 2.3) unless the principal
user and the Director of the
Computer Centre both recommend
that the requirements of the
Guidelines are unnecessary in part
or in total.

Requests for completely new systems shall be considered
for approval by ACUC according to the Guidelines.

In all cases,

ACUC may choose to waive certain of the 'required steps' and/or
strongly recommend that certain of the 'suggested steps' be
followed.

�2-4

2.3

Guidelines for the Allocation of Resources for
Major Computerized Projects

Definitions
"Principal User" - the user department which is recognized by ACUC
to have the major responsibility for a system;
"Joint User"

- a user department other than the principal user
which is recognized by ACUC to have a direct
responsibility for a system;

"Secondary User" - a department which does not have a direct
responsibility for a system but which requires
reports from a system for the proper performance
of its function.

Four Phases
The following four phases are identified in the development of a new
computerized system:

1.

l.

Pre 1 i mi nary

2.

Fea s i b i l i t y

3.

Development

4.

In Production

Preliminary Phase
- no resources of the Computer Centre are dedicated by ACUC to
the development of the new system during this phase;
- the principal user (and joint user(s), if any) shall determine
and document the requirements of all identifiable secondary
us-e rs;
- The Manager of Administrative Systems of the Computer Centre
shall be available to assist the users during this phase (without

�2-5

an allocation decision by ACUC);
- a request is made by the principal user (and joint user(s),
if any) to ACUC for a commitment of Computer Centre resources
sufficient to do a feasibility study of the new system.
2.

Feasibility Phase
- on approval of the preliminary phase report, ACUC shall:
i)
ii)

authorize a feasibility study of the proposed system;
name a co-ordinator of the feasibility study.

the following components are suggested for inclusion in the
feasibility study:
a)

establish the specific goals and objectives of the new
system,

b)

perform a preliminary study of the present system,

c)

determine all principal, joint, and secondary users'
requirements with respect to the proposed system which
shall be documented explicitly and in detail,

d)

prepare a preliminary systems design to define the
feasibility of developing and implementing the system
with respect to hardware, personnel, and technical
resources,

e)

perform an economic evaluation of the proposed system
considering the continuing and one-time costs and
benefits,

f)

evaluate the impact of the proposed system against
current and long-range personnel, equipment, and system
plans,

g)

prepare a cost and time estimate for the development
phase.

- the

co-ordinator shall table the feasibility study with ACUC

upon its completion.

3.

Development Phase
- when ACUC is satisified that an adequate feasibility study
has been performed, it shall decide:

�2-6

a)

whether or not the proposed system merits the required
commitment of Computer Centre resources;

b)

if affirmative, when the development of the new system
shall commence;

- following ACUC's decision to proceed with the development
phase, it shall establish a Steering Committee for the new
system which shall be composed of the head of the principal
user department, the heads of joint user departments (if
any) and the Director of the Computer Centre;
- the Steering Committee shall:
a)

establish a Project Group to develop the new system
(each member of the Steering Committee shall explicitly
commit staff resources for his department not only the
members of the Project Group but for other members of
his staff whose involvement is required);

b)

appoint a Project Group leader who may be any member
of the Project Group;

c)

approve a timetable proposed by the Project Group for
the development phase;

d)

establish the implementation date of the new system;

e)

maintain contact with the secondary users (if any)
throughout this phase in order to ensure that their
requirements will be met by the new system;

f)

make periodic progress reports to ACUC;

(

At critical points in the development phase, the
Steering Committee shall report to ACUC in more detail
on:
i)

the progress of the project to date;

i i)

the desirability of continuing with the
project as planned;

i i i)

the accuracy of all resource requirements
forcasts;

iv)

the accuracy of the timetable for the completion

(

of the project;
v)

the desirability of modifying the timetable for
the completion of the project;

�2-7

g)

shall recommend that the new system is complete and ready
to be put "in production" and that it unanimously accepts
the system as designed and implemented. (It shall include
in the report an estimate of the resource costs incurred
in producing and implementing the system);
the following is a suggested list of functions to be performed during the development phase and prior to the
Steering Committee's acceptance of the system (see flow
chart):

(

4.

a)

Detailed study of the present system;

b)

Determine and document the new system requirements
REVIEW and APPROVAL;

c)

Detailed Systems Design
FINAL APPROVAL;

d)

Programming Specifications;

e)

Programming;

f)

User Training;

g)

Conversion Planning;

h)

Systems Test;

i)

Implementation

In Production Phase
- the system shall be deemed to be "in production" when ACUC
approves the recommendation of the Steering Committee to that
effect.
- the Steering Committee and its Project Group shall be officially
discharged.

Approval of Small Systems
For those systems which are not necessarily governed by
'the guidelines for Allocation of Resources for Major Computer
Projects'

(i.e. less than 100 hours), the approval for production

�2-8

status must be obtained from the User Department, the Manager of
Administrative Systems, the Operations Manager, and the Computer
Centre Director.

(c.f. Section 2.4:

Project Control).

�2-9
SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT FLOW CHART

Present
System
Requirements

New
System
Requirements

No

System
Design

•

/ ___N_o_ _ _...,.~d of Proje1

Program
pecification
Conversio
Planning

User
Training
Programming

System
Test

mplementatio

�2-10

2.4

Project Control
Every approved project (new or modified program) is moni-

tored by a 'PROJECT CONTROL FORM' (form CCl-002,

Appendix A.

The

main function of this form is to define the phases and related functions
which are to be performed to complete the project, and to obtain
signatures of approval at the completion of specific steps.
The Administrative Computer User's Conmittee, in
consultation with the User Department and the Manager of Administrative Systems recommends which phases and functions are to be included
in the project (c.f. section 2.3, Guidelines for the Allocation
of Resources for Major Computerized Projects).
The User Department should give approval by signature at
the completion of various steps.

Once the programming step has

started, any changes to the systems design may cause a delay in the
estimated completion date.

If the changes are extensive enough, the

request may have to be resubmitted for re-approval.

Upon completion

of the programming, the user reviews the test output with the systems
analyst, approves the documentation, and receives any training which
may be required to use the system.
A system will be placed into 'production' when the following
steps are completed:
1.

The programs are completed, tested and approved by
the Administrative Systems Department and the User
Department,

2.

The User Department receives and approves the
documentation to use the system, and any training
which may be required.

�2-11

3.

The Operations Department of the Computer Centre
approves the run documentation for all the programs,

4.

ACUC approves the recommendation for production
status.

NOTE:

It may be required to access 1 1 ive 1 data as part of the
testing of a system. In this case, the form 'FILE ACCESS
AUTHORIZATION' (form CCO-OO2, appendix A) should be
signed by the User to authorize the access to the file by
the prograJ1111er.
The User Department may request a run of the test program

through the Administrative Systems Departrrent.

(

(

�2-12

2.5

Modifications to Production Programs
Production programs may be modified at the request of the

User Department or the Administrative Systems Department.

The

modification may be required to correct errors in the programs or
to change the design of the system.
1.

Programming Errors
A suspected error in the program may be detected by the

Computer Centre staff or by the User Department.

In either case, a

'DISCREPANCY NOTICE' form (form ccl-OO3, appendix A) is completed
and sent to the Manager of Administrative Systems.

If the investi-

gation discloses that the discrepancy is due to a severe prograrrming
error, the program will be placed in 'test' status until the error

(

is corrected.

Once the cause of the error has been determined, the

program will be modified and tested.

Another 'PROJECT CONTROL

FORM' will be prepared for the program.

The User Department will be

required to approve by signature the test results of the modified
program.

The Operations Department must approve any modification

to the run documentation.

Once all the approvals have been obtained,

the program is placed back into production.
2.

Systems Design Change
If there is a change to the design of a system (i.e. input,

output, processing, or other program modification), the User should
complete the 'REQUEST FOR PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS AND SERVICES' form.
Following this, the same procedure is followed as a request for a
new program.

�3-1

3.

Computer Operations Services

3. 1 General Information
The Operations Department of the Computer Centre provides
the following services:
1.

Data preparation (keypunching and verifying of source data).

2.

Data control (accumulation of data before the following
processing).

J.

Production program control. All production programs are
controlled by the Operations Department. Requests for the
processing of production programs are received by this
department.

4.

Computer processing.

5.

Production report bursting, decollating, and distribution.
The Manager of the Operations Department can be reached at

(

Extension 408 (Room MB1047A).

Any questions relating to the Computer

Operations policy or the scheduling of production runs should be
directed to the Manager.
The Control Supervisor can be reached at Extension 405 (Room
MB1047).

Any questions relating to the day-to-day running of

production jobs and the related preparation of data should be directed
to the Control Supervisor.
Special or Urgent processing or data preparation services
can be arranged through consultation between the Head of the User
Department and the Computer Centre Director.

(

�3-2

3.2

Request for Data Preparation
Data preparation services (keypunching and verifying) may

be requested from the Computer Centre by completing the top half
of the form 'REQUEST CONTROL FORM' (form CC0-001, appendix A).

The

form is prepared in triplicate and two copies are sent to the
Control Supervisor in the Computer Centre.

Upon completion of the

request, one copy will be returned to the User Department.
The procedure for submitting Data Preparation requests is:
a)

Complete the top half of the form 'REQUEST CONTROL FORM'.
This form should be used when actual source documents or
input data (cards or paper tape) are sent to the Computer
Centre.
The User's name, department, and account number must be
specified on the form.

(

b)

Send two copies of the form along with the source (or input)
data to the Control Supervisor of the Computer Centre.

c)

The source documents should be coded in block capital
letters, clearly and legibly on a proper coding form.
Coding forms are normally designed for each separate computer
program that requires user prepared input.
The efficiency of the keypunch operators is severely
hampered by ambiguous or illegible codes. To minimize the
possible misinterpretation, the following coding conventions should be followed:
The letter

2.

To Ensure that the following characters are not confused:
-

d)

(

0 1 should be coded 0,
'Z' should be coded i,
'I' should be coded I.

1

1.

the
the
the
the
the

letter IC I
letter I U'
letter 'I'
letter I Z'
letter 'T'

and
and
and
and
and

the
the
the
the
the

open bracket
letter 'V'
numeral I l'
numeral I 21
numeral I 71

I ( I

Under normal circumstances, jobs are keypunched in the order
that they are received. Large or urgent jobs should be discussed with the Control Supervisor, extension 405. Users
should submit normal jobs at least 48 hours prior to the
desired completion time of their keypunching.

�3-3

e)

Upon completion of the request, the Control Supervisor will
send a copy of the request back to the User Department,
unless other arrangements have been made.
Depending on prior arrangements or information supplied by

the User on the 'REQUEST CONTROL FORM' the following may occur:
1.

the cards and source documents may be returned to the User
Department, or

2.

the cards may be forwarded to the Computer Room for computer
processing (see next section), or

3.

the cards may be accumulated for pre-scheduled computer
processing, and the source documents returned.
In the last case, arrangements must be made with the Operations

Manager if data is to be accumulated at the Computer Centre for
regular processing.

(

This is especially true if a large volume of

cards is to be stored.
In cases 2 and 3, a copy of the 'REQUEST CONTROL FORM' will
be returned to the User when the cards have been processed by the
Computer.
Turnaround Time
The turnaround time for keypunching and verifying requests
is 48 hours.

Users who require other than 48-hour turnaround during

busy periods should contact the Operations Manager at least one day
in advance of their request submission.
If overtime is required to meet the User's special needs, the
User Department may be charged for the overtime.

Before any special

over-time is arranged, the Computer Centre will require a signed

(

note from the User stating his special needs and the budget account
number against which the charge is to be placed.

�3-4

3.3 Request for Computer Processing
The User may request that a program(s) be processed by the
computer by completing the bottom half of the form 'REQUEST CONTROL
FORM' (form CC0-001, appendix A).

The form is prepared in triplicate

and two copies are sent to the Control Supervisor in the Computer
Centre.

Upon completion of the request, one copy will be returned

to the User Department.
In filling out the 'REQUEST CONTROL FORM', the User must
enter the program name(s) or jobname(s).

Each computer program is

assigned a unique jobname which has the following general form:

~Unique program
identification
'A' is for

(

'P' for Production jobs
'T' for Test j o b ~
File indicator
(eg. '1' for Fall 1970/71
fi 1e,
1 1
2 for Summer file
'3' for Fall 1970/72
f i 1e.)
The following points must be remembered:
1.

(

Production jobs are requested directly through the Control
Supervisor. These jobs have been approved by the User Department, the Computer Centre Director, and the Operations Manager.
These jobs are under the control of the Operations Manager. Any
questions relating to them should be directed tc the Operations
Manager.
Test jobs have not been completely approved by all parties (or
those referred to in Section 2.5). Since possible errors may
occur, all requests for the processing of a test job must be
directed to the Manager of Administrative Systems.

�3-5

2.

A complete list of all valid jobnames for production programs
will be distributed to the User Departments.

3.

In some older programs, the 'file indicator' part of the jobnarr~ may be an alphabetic letter. If the system has only one
active file at any one time, the file indicator will be either
either alphabetic or 1 1 1 • To avoid using an incorrect jobname
always use the updated list of jobnames provided by the Computer
centre.

4.

The first two characters of the unique program identification
refer to the system. The following codes are in use for the
current systems:
AP
OF
GL
M4
PR
PS
SI
SR

-

Accounts Payable System
Development Fund
General Ledger System
Mark IV System
Payroll System
Printing Services
Space Inventory
Student Record System

Examples of Jobnames
AP1SR511 - production program
1
l 1 (file indicator)
- Student Record System
- Unique program name is SR511

(

AP3M4PB1 - production program
1
3 1 (file indicator)
- Mark IV System
- Unique program name is M4PB1
ATHGL050 - test program
- General Ledger System
Unique program name is GL050
Job Scheduling and Turnaround Time
a)

Pre-Scheduled Production Jobs
Production jobs may be pre-scheduled to run on a specific

day or time of the week, month or year.

To do this, the User Depart-

ment must inform the Operations Manager at least one month in advance
of the day of the job submission.

The User should insure that any

input for the job is in machine readable form (punched cards,
magnetic tape, or paper tape) prior to the scheduled time of the

�3-6

The User must still officially request the job to be processed by
completing the 'REQUEST CONTROL FORM' and forwarding it to the
Control Supervisor.

The turnaround time for a pre-scheduled prod-

uction job is 24 hours.
b)

Non-Scheduled Production Jobs
This type of job is referred to as an 'ON REQUEST' job

(ie. it is requested irregularly, and not on a regular basis).
The user should insure that any input for the request in machine
readable form (punched cards, magnetic tape, or paper tape) prior
to job submission.

The user must complete the 'REQUEST CONTROL

FORM', indicating the program(s) to be processed and identifying
the input data (ie, batch numbers).
The turnaround time for an 'ON REQUEST' job is 48 hours
(working hours).

Within this 48-hour period, the user should

receive, either:
l)

Notification that his output is ready, or

2)

that his output will be delayed beyond the 48-hour
period and the reason for the delay.

c)

Special Requests
User requiring special runs which would disrupt normal

computer operations (ie. do not follow the above procedures),
should receive authorization from the Computer Centre Director
(Ext. 354).
Users should always schedule well in advance, so that in
case of computer malfunctioning, the output can be produced on
schedule or can be rescheduled on another machine (ie. 3 days).

�3-7

Questions regarding the status of production jobs should
be directed to the Control Supervisor (Ext. 405.)

(

�3-8

3.4

Using Terminal Systems
An information Retrieval System (INFORET) utilizing typewriter

terminals and display terminals is available to authorized Administrative Users.

The System allows direct access to files which reside

on magnetic disk or tape.

Currently the following files are avail-

able for retrieval purposes:
Sessional Master File
Course Fi 1e
General Ledger File
An authorized User may pre-schedule the use of this system
with the Operations Manager.

Alternatively, he may request the use

of the system by completing the form 'REQUEST CONTROL FORM' and for-

(
warding it to the Control Supervisor at least 24 hours in advance of
the p 1anned sign-on t ·i me.
A description of the files to be accessed and the terminal numbers
which are to be used should always be included on the request on the
request form.
The user will be notified by telephone when the INFORET System
is ready for use.
If any problems arise during the use of the system, contact
the Operations Supervisor (Ext. 265).

If there is a suspected fault

or error in the system, the User should describe the error on a
DISCREPANCY NOTICE (form CCl-003, appendix A), and forward it to the
Manager of Administrative Systems.
Terminal users will be contacted by telephone under the
following circumstances:
a)

if the computer system 'goes down'

�3-9

b)

if the INFORET job must be cancelled,

c)

Before a system shutdown or system change.

The terminal user should send a message to the computer
operator (MSG command) before he signs off the terminal.
A complete description of the INFORET System is available in
the

I

INFORET USER'S HANDBOOK', which is available from the Manager of

Administrative Systems.

(

�3-10

3.5 Report Bursting and Deco11ating
A Report Bursting and Decollating service is available from
the Computer Centre.

Decollating is the process of separating a

report produced on multi-part paper or forms into its separate parts.
Bursting is the process of separating the pages of a report or a
special form.
The details of bursting and decollating reports are determined
by the User Department and the Systems Analyst before a job goes into
production.

For all production jobs, the bursting and decollating

information is catalogued with the Operations document.
If the User wishes to override the normal procedure for
bursting and decollating production reports, he may contact the
Control Supervisor (Ext. 405), and specify the modified procedure
on the 'REQUEST CONTROL FORM'.

Following the completion of the

request, the normal procedure will be reinstated.

f

�3-11

3.6 Storage of Cards, Forms, Magnetic Disks and Tapes
a)

Magnetic Disks and Tapes
The Computer Centre has limited storage space for magnetic

disks and tapes in a temperature and humidity controlled enviroment.
Users are requested to notify the Operations Manager of any significant change in their tape or disk storage needs.
b)

Card Storage
The Computer Centre has very limited space for the storage

of card files after they have been processed by the computer.

Users

wishing to obtain card storage space in the Computer Centre area
should contact the Operations Manager (extension 408).
c)

(

Special Printer Forms
The Computer Centre has limited storage space for special

printer forms.

Normally, forms that are required for regular

processing are stored at the Computer Centre.
All other forms should be stored at the User Department.
questions relating to forms storage should be directed to the
Operations Manager (extension 408).
The ordering and supplies maintenance of special forms is
the responsibility of the User Department.

All

�3-12

3.7 Retention of Magnetic Tapes
Users wishing to retain magnetic tapes past the normal expiry
dates affixed to the tapes must fill out the form 'MAGNETIC TAPE
RETENTION FORM' (form CCO-OO4, appendix A).
The form should be signed by an authorized user of the
particular User Department and should be forwarded to the Operations
Manager for approval before the tape is created.

(

(

�A-1

APPENDIX A
Description of Forms
This section contains a description of the forms which
provide part of the interface between the Computer Centre and the
Administrative Departments.
It is important that all Administrative Users be familiar
with the forms and the correct method for completing them.
The following forms are described in this section:
Form Number

Form Description

CC0-001 (02/72)

Request Control Form

CC0-002(10/71)

File Access Authorization

CC0-003(02/72)

Request for Rerun

CC0-004 ( 10/71)

Magnetic Tape Retention Form

CC0-005(04/72)

Trouble Report

cc 1-001 (02/72)

Request for Programming and
System Services

CCl-002(02/72)

Project Control Form

cc 1-003 (02/72)

Discrepancy Notice

�A-2

Form Numbering System
Format of Number
where

AAB-XXX(MM/YY)

AA

identifies the System

B

identifies the type of document
(or the specific department)

XXX
(MM/YY)

identifies the particular number
(i.e. is sequential number)
identifies the latest revision date

Computer Centre Forms
System Identifier

cc

Specific Department

0

Operations
Administration

2

System Software

9 General

�A-3
CC0-001(02/72)

REQUEST CONTROL FORM
Purpose of Form
This form is used to control:
a)

the submission of source documents and input data to the
Computer Centre.

b)

the subsequent processing and/or report generation by the
Computer Centre.

Number of Parts and Disbursement
Part One (White Copy) - sent to Computer Centre and retained.
Part Two (Yellow Copy) - sent to Computer Centre and returned to
User.
f

Part Three (Pink Copy) - retained by User

�A-4
CC0-001 ( 02/72)

REQUEST CONTROL FORM
User Instructions
Request for Data Preparation

- used only when source documents or

input are being sent to Data Preparations.

(

'Type of Input'

indicate whether source documents
or input data is being sent.

'Medium'

indicate:
a)

the medium on which the input
is being submitted or

b)

in the case of source documents,
the medium to which the input is
to be transcribed.

'Estimated Volume'

indicate the estimated volume of
input if possible.

'Batched Data'

complete this section only if the
data has been batched.

'Number of batches'

the number of batches being submitted.

'Batch Numbers'

indicate the specific batch numbers
which make up this group of data.

'Date Submitted', 'Submitted By', 'Telephone Number', 'Account Number',
and 'Department' indicate who is sending the data and when the data
is sent.
'User Remarks'

indicate any special instructions
required for data preparation

'Account Number'

indicate the account number to
which the data preparation is to
be charged.

�A-5
CC0-001 (02/72)

REQUEST CONTROL FORM
Request for Processing
Note:

Jobs will be processed in the order indicated.
1

1

(

used when data is to be processed or reports
generated.
The failure of a

job 1 will result in the delay of succeeding 'jobs'.

Job Name 1

the full mnemonic name assigned to the Job
used for the specific task.

'Data to Be Processed'

indicate the batches or other data to be
included in the run.

'Reports Required'

indicate the report name of the required
reports

'Cycle'

an entry in this area indicates that the
program is a part of a pre-scheduled run.

'Date Required'

the date by which the output is required

'Requested by' -'Phone
Number 1

the n1ame and telephone number of the person
authorized to request the run.

'Authorized By'

the signature of the person authorized to
request the runs. See Operations Manager
for a list of authorized signatures.

'User Remarks'

indicate any special instructions required
for computer processing

1

Account Number 1

*Note:

****

indicate the account number to which the
computer processing is to be charged

It is to be noted that the various forms of INFORET are
considered to be programs which produce 'on-1 ine'reports.
Thus the specific version of INFORET must be specified
as the 'JOB' name.
(c.f. Section 3.4)
When requesting INFORET, always list the files that are to be
used, and the terminal number.

(

�A-6
CC0-001 (02/72)

REQUEST CONTROL FORM
Computer Centre Instructions
Request for Data Preparation
1.

If 'input data' is submitted, it will be submitted directly
for processing.

2.

If 'source documents' are submitted, the data will be prepared
in accordance with the 'medium' specified.

3.

If batched data is submitted, ensure that the batches received
match the batches submitted.

4.

Ensure that any special 'User Remarks' are fol lowed.

Request for Processing

(

1.

Ensure that the authorized signature is valid.

2.

Process the input data (if any specified to be processed) in
accordance with the instruction for the program specified by
the mnemonic.

3.

Execute the program(s) in the order specified to produce the
reports indicated.

4.

Under Computer Centre remarks, note the time and the date that
the request form was submitted and returned.

5.

Ensure that any special 'User Remarks' are followed (e.g.: the
number of copies of a report may deviate from the normal)

�A-7

REQUEST CONTROL FORM

2

REQUEST FOR DATA PREPARATION
BATCHED DATA

EST VOLUME

MEDIUM

-

--

---- - - -

TYPE OF INPUT

Source Documents

D

Cards

Input Data

r~

Paper Tape

,-]

Mag. Tape

[]

Other (Specify)

[~I

Other (Specify)

---·-

..

·=r•.

-

Number of Batches

D
D

··-···-··-···

--- ---- ----- ---

---- --

-

-

-

Batch Numbers
----

---- -

-

=

~

~

~

DEPARTMENT

DATE SUBMITTED

SUBMITTED BY

PHONE NUMBER

USER REMARKS

ACCOUNT NUMBER

COMPUTER CENTRE REMARKS
IN

OUT

DATE
TIME

REQUEST FOR PROCESSING
JOBNAME

2
3
4
5
6

I
I
I
I
I
I

DATA TO BE PROCESSED/REPORTS REQUIRED

I

j

I

I

I I
I I
I I
! \

I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I \

I I I
I

I

I

I I I
I I I
I I I
I I I

I
I
I
I
I
I

1=
- = = = = = = ~ ~ = = = = = = = = ;=

CYCLE

~
I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ----- ------- ________________________ _!

I ______ _____

I

I ··-...... ----· --------- ---...
I- -- --

I
I
I

1

- - - - - - - - - - - -·· -------·--· ·--·

=

THO-RIZEo BY

REQUESTED BY

PHONE NUMBER -

USER REMARKS

ACCOUNT NUMBER

COMPUTER CENTRE REMARKS
IN
DATE
TIME

CCO·00 1 (02/72)

J

I
I
I
I

I

I --- - -- ~==============•~~---··--•·=~ =-

DATE REQUIRED

(

- -

OUT

�A-8
CC0-002(05/72)

FILE ACCESS AUTHORIZATION
Purpose of the Form
This form is used to formalize and control authorization for
an individual to use a production file for a limited period of time.
A)

Number of Parts and Disbursement
Part One (White Copy) - sent to Computer Centre and retained.

B)

User Instructions
. The User wil 1 complete the form as follows:

(

'Programmer Name'

the name of the individual(s)
who are authorized to use the
file

'File Name'

the fully qualified DS name of
the file

'Dates'

the dates on which the individual
is authorized to use the file

'Program Name'

the name of the program(s) with
which the individual may access
the file

Signature

the signature of the User personnel
authorized to access the file.

Computer Centre Instructions
The Computer Centre will:
a)

sign the 'Received By' entry

b)

check the validity of the authorizing signature

c)

allow the program(s) to access the file on the dates specified

�A-9

LAKEHEAD UNIVERSITY COMPUTER CENTRE
FILE ACCESS AUTHORIZA TJON FORM
THIS FORM AUTHORIZES (Programmer name) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
TO ACCESS (File name) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ WITH PROGRAM
(Program name) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ON THE FOLLOWING
DATE(S)

AUTHORIZED BY _ _ _ _ _ __

(

RECEIVED BY

_____
c _c _
n --00_2_&lt;1_0_,,_1_1

-------------------------------------··J

�A-10

CC0-003(02/72)

REQUEST FOR RERUN
Purpose of Form
This form is used to formalize and control reruns on direct
access files.

The request is initiated by the Computer Centre

Control Supervisor and approved by the User Department(s).
Number of Parts and Disbursement

There are three copies of the form and they are disbursed
as follows:
Part One (White Copy)
i)

(

ii)
iii)
iv)

sent to User for signature and completion
returned to Control Supervisor
sent to User for final authorization
returned to Control Supervisor for filing

Part Two (Yellow Copy)
i)
ii)

sent to User for signature and completion
retained by User

Part Three (Pink Copy)
i)
ii)
iii)

sent to User for signature and completion
returned to Control Supervisor
retained by Computer Operations after re-run has been
completed.

General Instructions
When the direct access file(s) are backed up onto tape, the
listing of the file and the accompanying JCL is sent to the user(s).
The User(s) must record the tape volume-serial number and the
generation number of the tape used.

The User(s) must also control

�A-11
CC0-OO3(O2/72)

the input data (preferable by batches) so that the input data
processed between back-ups is known.

Computer Centre Instructions
a)

The Control Supervisor wi11 complete the top part of the form
as fo 1 Jows:

b)

'TO'

the name of the user to which the
request is being sent

'FROM'

Computer Centre

'REASON FOR RERUN'

brief narrative explaining why
the rerun is necessary

'DATE'

date on which the request was
made

'APPROVED BY'

approval must be given by Manager
of Administrative Systems

'FILE NAMES'

the 'ds' name(s) of a11 files
which are to be used as input to
re-organization (usually the
latest back-up)

'BACK UP VERSION'

the Generation Data Set version
number of the fi1e(s) to be used
as input to the re-organization

'BACK UP TAPE'

the volume-serial number of the
tape to be used for input to the
re-organization.

1

The Control Supervisor wi11 send the request to the User
Department(s) involved.

c)

Once the User Department(s) have returned the request, the
Control Supervisor wi11:
i)

(

i i)

ensure that the dates and authorizing signatures are
are present and va 1 id
ensure that the batches to be processed and the run
sequences are In agreement with the Control Supervisor's

�A-12
CC0-003(02/72)

records

d)

iii)

if the information is not in agreement with the Control
Supervisor's records, the Control Supervisor will notify
the User Department(s), ascertain the correct information
and may make the required corrections (Note: if modifications are made to the User(s) instructions, the
User(s) must initial the change).

iv)

If a11 the information is correct, the 'job' 's wi 11 be
run in the order indicated and the output returned to the
User(s).

The Control Supervisor will file the request once the User(s)
has checked the rerun output and authorized further processing.

User(s) Instructions
a)

the User Department will ensure that the 'Re-organization Criteria'
are correct by checking their file of back-ups.

b)

the User Department will signify that the 'Re-organization
Criteria are correct and authorize the rerun by signing the
'Re Run Authorization' and indicating the date

c)

if the 'Re-organization Criteria' are not correct, the User
Department will notify the Control Supervisor and initial the
modifications.

d)

the User Department will authorize the data to be rerun by
i)

ii)
iii)
e)

(

indicating the 'jobname' of the programs to be run and
the corresponding data to be supplied as input to each
'job'
indicating the run number under which the data was first
run
indicating the sequence in which the job's are to be
run

once the input data has been rerun, the User Department will
i)
ii)

determine that the rerun is correct
authorize further processing on the file by signing

�A-13

CC0-003 ( 02/72)

the 'Authorization of Further Processing' and indicating
the date
iii)

return the request form to the Control Supervisor for
fi 1 ing

NOTE:

The User Department(s) must ensure that the re-run is done
properly. If re-run results are not obtained at the end of
48 hours, the User Department(s) should contact the Operations
Manager.

�A-14

--

~

■---

.....

REQUEST FOR RERUN

4

COIIPUlU CllTII

THIS SECTION TO BE COMPLETED BY COMPUTER CENTRE
FROM
JOB NAME

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

REASON FOR RERUN
---·

DATE

APPROVED BY

REORGANIZATION CRITERIA

BACK-UP TAPE

BACK-UP VERSION

FILE NAME(S)
1

2

3
4

THIS SECTION TO BE COMPLETED BY USER DEPARTMENT
RERUN AUTHORIZATION
DATE

AUTHORIZED BY

BATCHES TO BE INCLUDED
JOBNAME(S)

RUN NUMBER

---·

1

3

-··

-

r-

-

·- -

-·

-

4

5

·----·-·-

-·

·-- - ---

-- ---

-

--

-

8
AUTHORIZED BY

AUTHORIZATION OF FURTHER PROCESSING
DATE
CCO-003(02/72)

..:

-

-

-

·-----· -

- - - - - - - - - - - · - - - -· --- --•-·-- .· ·----·-

7

DATE

-·-

6

(

BATCHES

---

- - -----

- -

2

DATE

--

AU fHOR IZED BY

-·

�A-15
CC0-004 ( 05/7'2J

MAGNETIC TAPE RETENTION REQUEST FORM
Purpose of Form
This form is used to:
a)

formalize the User Request to retain a specific magnetic tape
for a specified reason·

b)

control the tape usage once it has been produced and retained

(A)

Number of Parts and Disbursement

Part One (White Copy) - sent to Computer Centre before file
creation and retained.
User Instructions
The User wi 11 :
a)

complete the form as follows:
'Account Number

(
1

Fi le Name'

the unique User Account number
supplied to the User by the Control
Supervisor
the fully qualified name assigned
to the tape (ie: the full ds name)

'Version Number'

the generation number if the file
is a Generation Data Set

'Date Created'

the date on which the file was
created

'Expiry Date'

the date on which the magnetic tape
is to be released.

'Reason'

a brief narrative stating why the
magnetic tape is to be retained

'Requested By'

the signature of authorized person
in the User Department who is making
the request

'Date'

b)

(

the date on which the request is
made
send the request to the Control Supervisor

Computer Centre Instructions
a)

ensure that the account number, file name, version number and

�A-16

CC0-004(05/72)

authorizing signature are valid

I

b)

obtain the required approval from the Operations Manager

c)

notify the User by telephone that the tape is being retained

�A-17

~-1/\r.~ 1 J:T IC T!\PE :-iETJ:i!T I 0~ 1 RErtlEST F0~: 1
DATE
f,.(~COU!!T t!U!;BER
T/\PE "'U~ 1REq

rtLE ~'/\~.1r:
vEr~ 1!W !'nH,A8ER

D/\TE CPEl'TFf1
f:XP I f?Y !:/\T!=

~Ef.S0~ 1 Fr.~ r)t_:T~~·1T ! 0~!

REQUESTE[) RY
(usPr c!e;)t.)

/\PPfWVEr BY
CC0-004(10/11

(

I

(c0mr,ut 0 r

r:":-itr ;,)

�A-18
CCl-001( 02/7~

REQUEST FOR PROGRAMMING OR SYSTEMS SERVICES
Purpose of Form
This form is used to formalize a User Request for Administrative
Data Processing Services.
A)

Number of Parts and Disbursement
Part One (White Copy) - sent to Manager of Administrative
Systems and retained
Part Two (Pink Copy) - retained by User

User Instructions
The User will complete the form as follows:

(

'Type of Service Requested'

indicate whether the request
concerns a new project, a modification, or an error detection

'Service Priority'

indicate the priority of the job.
If the priority is 'RUSH' the
signature of the indivfdual
in authority is required. (see
Appendix I for a list of those
authorized to request a 'RUSH'
priority)

'Date Requested'

date on which the request was
made

'Date Required'

the actual date on which the
User wishes to start using the
program

'Originator's Signature

the signature of the individual
making the request

'Department'

the department to which the
requestor belongs

'Telephone'

the requestor's telephone number

'Description of Request'

a brief narrative describing the

�A-19

cc 1-001

(02/72)

nature of the output required and
the function that this output will
fu1 f i 11. If the system and program
name are known, they should be included.
Administrative Systems Instructions
The Administrative Systems Department will complete the form
as fo 11 ows:
'Received'

the date and person who received
the request

'Disposition'

indicate whether the request is
to receive immediate action or
must be referred to ACUC. If a
referral is required, include the
dates on which the request was
forwarded and returned from
Committee

'Assigned'

the date, person, and priority
on which was assigned to the request

'Authorizing Signatures'

these signatures are required as
specified in Section 2.2

(

(

�A-20

REQUEST FOR PROGRAMMING
OR SYSTEMS SERVICES

2

COMPUTU CUU(

TYPE OF SERVICE REQUESTED
New Program
Modification to Existing
Program or System
Error Correction in Existing

DATE REQUESTED

SERVICE PRIORITY

□

Routine

□

□

Rush

□

□

Signature of Authority if Rush

&gt;-----------

DATE REQUIRED

Program

ORIGINATOR'S SIGNATURE

TELEPHONE

DEPARTMENT

SYSTEM NAME

PROGRAM NAME (S)

.,.._______________________.________________________ ---DESCRIPTION OF REQUEST

COMPUTER CENfRE USE ONL V

..

'

RECEIVED

:

DATE

DISPOSITION

.,-

BY

'

&lt;(I

Immediate Action

□

DATE

Forward to Committee

□

TO

·~·

~

ASSIGNED

-

Date Sent
.,,

Completion Date

Date Ret'd

Priority

Ofrector, Computer Centre

Principal U~er

).\ • •t,I

AUTHORIZING SIGNATURES

Committee Chairman
CCl-003(02/72)

----

--

-

�A-21

cc 1-002 (02172)

PROJECT CONTROL FORM
Purpose of Form
This form is used to formalize the step by step approval by
the User Department of each of the phases of a system or program
(Preliminary phase, Feasibility phase, Development phase, and
Implementation phase).
Number of Parts and Disbursement
Part One (White copy) - retained by Administrative

Systems

after proper authorizing signatures are obtained.
Part Two (Pink copy) - retained by Computer Operations after
proper authorizing signatures are obtained to indicate that the

(

project is in "production" status.
User Instructions
The User will sign approval for each phase of a system or program
as completed by Administrative Systems.
Administrative Systems Instructions
The Administrative Systems Department will:
a)

initiate the use of the form when a project is started

b)

present the form to the head of the User Department or Chairman
of ACUC for approval at the end of each phase of a project

c)

retain the form as documentation once the project is finished.

�......

A-22

,_

.....

■

_.,

(OIIPUTU CUTRI

I

PROJECT CONTROL FORM

PROJECT NAME

I

I

PRIORITY

PROJECT TYPE

PRINCIPAL USER

3

□

New

□

System

□

Normal

□

Modification

□

Program

□

Rush

□
PllE"tMINARY

PREPARED BY

APPROVAL

Date

Date/Ref.

PHA$E

FEASIBILITY
PHASE

PRESENTED BY

Date/Ref.

Date

DEVE LOPMEN.T

FUNCTION

complete

---···-----

JOBNAME(S)

PH"'E
-·- --·- ·-------· ..

1. System Study

□

2. System Requirements

□

3. System Design

□

(

4. Programming Specs

□

5. Conversion Planning

□

6. Programming

□

7. User Training

t]

8. System Test

CJ

PROCEDURE(S)
-----

PROGRAMS

·-·-···---··---·

USER APPROVAL

Date

OPERATIONS APPROVAL

Date

Date Implemented

APPROVAL

. - - - - - - ----·-•-·- -····-. -·

IMPLEMENTATION
PHASE

Date/Ref.

(_
PROJECT COMPLETED

Computer Centre
CC1·002(02/72)

User Department

Internal Audit

�A-23
CCl-003(02/72)

DISCREPANCY NOTICE
Purpose of Form
This form is used to provide notification:
a)

to Administrative Systems Department of a discrepancy
or suspected discrepancy in the processing of data or
production of report(s)

b)

back to the User to inform him that corrective action
has been taken on the discrepancy reported.

Number of Parts and Disbursement
Part One (White Copy) - sent to Administrative Systems and
retained
Part Two (Pink Copy)

(

- sent to Administrative Systems and
returned to User with an indication
of the corrective action taken once
the discrepancy has been corrected.

User Instructions
The User should:
a)

complete the system name and specific program or report
which is in error

b)

list the discrepancies detected in the space indicated.
The signature of the originator of the request must be on

the document as well as the date on which the Notice is sent.
Administrative Systems Instructions
The date received and person receiving the Notice must be
indicated.

Once the specific program which is causing the error

is determined, the program mnemonic is entered and the task is
assigned for corrective action.
The date of completion is entered.
The corrective action is indicated in the space available
and

the form is turned over to the Systems Analyst for approval.

�A-24

cc 1-003 (02/72)
The completed form is sent back to the User and one copy is
retained in the Administrative Systems Files.

(

(

�A-25

-■-.....

.....

COIIIPUI U

DISCREPANCY NOTICE

2

CE ■ IAI

OUTPUT /REPORT NAME

SYSTEM NAME

USERS COMPLETE THIS SECTION
ITEM NO.

DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY DETECTED

··-- ·-----

-----·-- - -- --- - - · ---

-----

- ------- - - - - · -------

----------

--· ··-----------

--·•·--•·-· - -·-- ··--·----- ------ ...

--·-----------

--· ·- -·- --- - ··- ----

-

. --- ---

·--- ------ ---- - - - - - - -

-

-- ----- --- ----

..

····--

--- -

-

-- - - ---- ----

-

- ---

--

--

--···---------------.

- ------

-

-

----

·-

--

-·

--

--·--------·-·-·-----

· · · - - ·--

-

-

--

------·---

--------- -- --

ORIGINATOR'S SIGNATURE

DATE
RECEIVED

COMPUTER CENTRE USE ONLY
ITEM NO.

-

DATE

DISCREPANCY ANALYSIS &amp; ACTION TAKEN

~-~

BY
--

-·---- -

------ --····-------

--•

··--- ----

PROGRAM

I

I I

I

I I I I

ASSIGNED
DATE
TO
-

---

- -

CORRECTION COMPLETE

--·

-···-------- --------------------------

-

DATE
BY

APPROVED SYSTEMS
cc 1-003(02/72)

DATE

I

�B-1

APPENDIX B
Computer Centre Contacts
NAME
A. T. McEWAN

EXT.

ROOM

354

MB-1032

ASSISTANCE PROVIDED

TITLE
Director

l.

2.
3.

w.

BILYK

407

MB-1043

Manager
Administrative
Systems

l.

2.

3.
J. EDWARDS

436

MB-1043

Senior
Systems
Analyst

l.

2.

3.
D. DOMANSKY

408

MB-1047A

Manager,
Operations

1.

2.
3.

4.

M. WILKINS

405

MB-1047

Control
Supervisor

1.

2.

3.

4.

(

Computer Centre policy.
Urgent problems with
normal procedures.
Major special requests.
Systems and programming
requests
System discrepancy reports.
Consultation on new and
existing Systems.
Systems Design and
feasibility.
User training and documentation.
Testing of new or
modified systems.
Operations policy.
Pre-scheduling of
production runs and
data preparation.
Urgent processing and
data preparation requests.
Special requirements for
magnetic tape or disk,
cards, or printer forms.
Data preparation for
production data.
Production job submission.
Special bursting and
decollating requests.
Rerun information

�</text>
                  </elementText>
                </elementTextContainer>
              </element>
            </elementContainer>
          </elementSet>
        </elementSetContainer>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <collection collectionId="4">
      <elementSetContainer>
        <elementSet elementSetId="1">
          <name>Dublin Core</name>
          <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
          <elementContainer>
            <element elementId="50">
              <name>Title</name>
              <description>A name given to the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="618">
                  <text>Lakehead University Collection</text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
            <element elementId="41">
              <name>Description</name>
              <description>An account of the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="619">
                  <text>Photographs from Lakehead University's history: people, events,  and campus. </text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
          </elementContainer>
        </elementSet>
      </elementSetContainer>
    </collection>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130462">
                <text>Administrative Computer Users Guide </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="49">
            <name>Subject</name>
            <description>The topic of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130463">
                <text>Universities</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="41">
            <name>Description</name>
            <description>An account of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130464">
                <text>Administrative Computer Users Guide, prepared for Lakehead University Administrative Departments by the Computer Centre, September 1971 and revised May 1972. Includes information about the Computer Centre with details about administrative systems services and computer operations services. Appendices contain a  description of forms and contacts.</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="39">
            <name>Creator</name>
            <description>An entity primarily responsible for making the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130465">
                <text>Lakehead University </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130466">
                <text>1971-09</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="42">
            <name>Format</name>
            <description>The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130467">
                <text>PDF</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="44">
            <name>Language</name>
            <description>A language of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130468">
                <text>English </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="51">
            <name>Type</name>
            <description>The nature or genre of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130469">
                <text>Text</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="43">
            <name>Identifier</name>
            <description>An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130470">
                <text>lu-15a</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="38">
            <name>Coverage</name>
            <description>The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130471">
                <text>Canada - Ontario - Thunder Bay</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="15250" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="18854">
        <src>https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/1502ecfcfbd19ebdd55ae23fdd4311fc.pdf</src>
        <authentication>4a37218e33e32f7972eb8ddf22291daa</authentication>
        <elementSetContainer>
          <elementSet elementSetId="4">
            <name>PDF Text</name>
            <description/>
            <elementContainer>
              <element elementId="52">
                <name>Text</name>
                <description/>
                <elementTextContainer>
                  <elementText elementTextId="129550">
                    <text>LAKEHEAD UNIVERSITY
School

of Forestry

Introduction
Page

1.

Historical Aspects

Page

3.

Programs in the School of Forestry

Page

4.

Staff

Page

5.

Student Admissions

Page

6.

Enrollments in Forest Technology

Page

7.

Current Expansion

Page

8.

Expansion Possibilities

Page 10.

Proposed Expansion

Page 13.

Requirements for Staff, Space, Equipment, Library

Page 14.

Do We Need Another Degree Granting University in
Forestry?

Page 17.

Production of Professional and Technical Foresters in
Canada by H. Blenis

Page 20.

Reasons for a Degree in Forestry at Lakehead
University

Page 22.

Forestry &amp; Forest Products (Department of Manpower
and Immigration)

Page 25.

Employment Prospects F.A.O. Study and N.E.S.
Bulletin

Appendix

(A)

Interim Report on Forestry Education
(Dean Garratt)

(B)

School of Forestry - Estimated Enrollments
1967 - 1975.

(C)

University of Toronto - Some Facts and Figures

�INTRODUCTION
Forestry in Canada is now in the grave situation where defi~

nite signs of the lack of long-term planning are so· evident that Mr.
R.M. Fowler, President of the Canadian Pulp
dicted that:

&amp; Paper

Association, pre-

"Canada will face a wood shortage by 1975 unless immedi-

ate steps are taken to improve forest policies and management techniques".

Mr. Fowler went on to say:

"The changes in demand will, in a

few years, tax forest resources to full capacity and Canada will face
a shortage of wood unless we move quickly towards better forestry legislation, improved silviculture and protection, and grow the wood we
need".
Long-term planning for the future in forestry education ' parallels the lack of planning in the forests.

Universities of Degree grant-

ing status in Forestry have long ago lost the agressiveness required to
compete for the finances required to expand Forestry education t~ the
position it merits in our country.
A look at the vast gap between the considerable dollar value
of our forests to Canada's economy and the meagre amount that is made
available for Research and Development should indicate the gravity of
the situation to our country.
Canadian Forestry education should never have been ignored to
the point · where so called "crash programs" are necessary.

To say we

have been slow to develop Forestry education is a gross understatement.
Our planning for the future has been almost non-existent.
When Mr. Fowler of the Pulp and Paper Association mentions

[

�1975 as a critical point in wood supply, I feel certain that a man in
his position knew that we are already too late to grow extra wood in
that period of time.

Foresters will verify that it requires at least

30 years to grow a commercially sized tree under the best climatic
conditions we can find in Canada.
In the field of Forest education, it takes time to develop
and consolidate a good program and it takes time for graduates of new
schools to prove the worth of the educational program.
"Better late than never" is a sad but hopeful proverb that
must be applied to Forestry Education.
The observations and recommendations presented in this report
will hopefully create a viable atmosphere for expansion and progress
in the School of Forestry at the Lakehead University.

(_

�LAKEHEAD UNIVERSITY
(Forest Technology Diploma and
Forest Research Technology Certificate Program)
Lakehead University had its origin in the Lakehead Technical
Institute, established by the Ontario Department of Education in 1946.
Classes in Forestry began in September 1948.

At that time, its offer-

ings comprised two-year programs leading to Diplomas in Forest Technology and Mining Technology and first-year courses in Arts and Applied
Science;
sed.

additional programs were developed as the enrollment increa-

This development marked the initial step in making post-secondary

education available in Northwestern Ontario; at that time, the nearest
universities were located 600 miles to the west and 1,000 miles to the
east of the Lakehead.

In 1957, the Institute became the Lakehead Col-

lege of Arts, Science and Technology and was established on its present
site, a 200-acre campus located between Port Arthur and Fort William
and donated by the former city; administrative control of the College
was placed in the hands of a Board of Governors.
Second-year Arts courses were added to the College program
in 1960-61 and in 1962 the original Lakehead College of Arts, Science
and Technology Act was amended to give the College "university powers"
to establish faculties and "to confer university degrees in Arts and
Science".

The first such degrees were awarded in 1965.

The Lakehead

University Act of 1965 provided the charter for continuation of the
College under this new designation.

Responsibility for its adminis-

trative control continues to be vested in a Board of Governors, while
overall internal administration of all academic programs is provided

(

by the University Senate, comprising the President, Librarian,

�Page 2.
Registrar, Deans and Directors, Chairman of Teaching Departments, and
three elected members representing the academic staffs of the Faculties
of Arts and Science.
The combination of university (degree-granting) programs and
technology (diploma) instruction is justified on the basis of the
relatively sparse population of the region in which the University is
located (100,000 at Lakehead, 300,000 in Northwest Ontario) and the need
to ensure a student body of sufficient size to warrant first class accommodations and facilities for instruction, as well as a larger faculty
and increased opportunities for specialization.
Until 1967-68, the university and technology students shared
the same physical facilities, but the completion of a separate building

,

....

containing classrooms and laboratories specifically for the technology
programs has provided much needed space and relieved,at least temporarily,
a badly overcrowded situation in the University as a whole.
The academic programs at Lakehead University are organized in
three divisions:

The Faculty of Arts, offering instruction leading to

the Bachelor of Arts (General and Honors) and Master of Arts degrees;
the Faculty of Science,with programs for the Bachelor of Science (General
and Honors) and Master of Science degrees; the University Schools offering courses at both the degree and diploma levels.

The degree programs

in the University Schools provide the first year or first two years of
study for students contemplating transfer to other universities for the
purpose of completing professional education (except for the School of
Nursing which offers three- and four-year resident instruction leading

(_

to the B.S.N. degree), and the School of Business Administration which
offers a four-year B.Comm. degree.

�Page 3.
The University Schools Division is composed of five separate
schools, of which the School of Forestry is one. ,Three specific programs are currently offered in Forestry:
(1) • Forestry Degree Program, covering the first two years
of a professional (B.S.F.) degree course and designed to prepare young
men and women for advance standing admission in the Faculties of Forestry at the Universities of Toronto and New Brunswick.
initiated in 1965.

This program was

It is discussed in some detail in the section of

this report devoted to Pre-forestry Programs.
(2)

Diploma in Forest Technology, a two-year program of

academic study and practical training intended to prepare students for
work as forest technicians, offered at Lakehead continuously since 1948.
This is not necessarily a terminal program, since the opportunity to
continue on to a professional degree (B.Sc.F.) is available for those
students who demonstrate above average ability in their work at Lakehead
and satisfy the admission requirements of the university to which they
would transfer.
(3)

Certificate in Forest Research Technology, a one-year

course of study initiated in 1967-68 for people who wish to enter the
field of research and development at the technologist level.

Admission

is restricted to students who have already received a diploma in Forest
Technology from Lakehead Universit' with an overall average of at
least 60%.

C

�Page 4.
A 12-man advisory committee is planned, as a means of providing liaison between the School of Forestry and the forestry profession,
the forest industries, and the public agencies concerned with forest
administration and research.

Its membership is intended to include re-

presentatives of these groups, as well as a recent graduate of the
School and an undergraduate.

Direct contact is maintained with the

Deans of the Faculties of Forestry at the Universities of Toronto and
New Brunswick.
Staff
The Staff of the School of Forestry is headed by a chairman,
who holds the rank of associate professor in the University.
ports directly to the Director of University Schools.

He re-

Assisting him

in the instruction are four full-time lecturers and a sessional lecturer,
the latter a specialist in forest fire control who is an employee of
the Ontario Department of Lands and Forests.

All but the indicated

specialist_ have professional forestry degrees, and three of them also
hold advanced degrees.

It is anticipated that two more full-time ins-

tructors will be added to the staff by 1974-75, at which time it is expected that a full four-year

degree course will be offered at

Lakehead University.
Full-time staff members are employed on a 12-month basis, but
are relatively free from mid-May to September.

However, they are expec-

ted to engage in summer activities which relate to their professional
interests.

All initial appointments are probationary, and a minimum of

four years is required for tenure.

L

Instruction in non-forestry subjects is provided by members
of the Faculties of Arts and Science and the School of Engineering.

�Page 5.
Student Body
The Basic requirement for admission to the two-year Forest
Technology program is attainment of an Ontario Secondary School Graduation Diploma after four years (Grade XII) of successful study in
the five-year program, with a minimum average of 60 percent in Grade
XI and XII Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, English and History.

A

student who has obtained the Secondary School Graduation Diploma with
high standing in a terminal four-year program may be considered for
admission on an individual basis.

Applicants from other Provinces must

submit evidence of equivalent standing.

In addition, students 21 years

of age or older who have been away from formal education for more than
two years and who do not meet the minimum education requirements, may
apply for admission as special adult students.

They are evaluated on

an individual basis, with due regard for qualifying experience; they
may be admitted on a trial basis and may be required to take extra courses to qualify for the Diploma in Forest Technology.
Promising students enrolled in the Diploma program may transfer to the Degree program at Lakehead University.

However, if they in-

tend to transfer to the University of Toronto to study for the professional (B.Sc.F.) degree, they will have to take

'3:

"make-up" year in which

they must attain the standard of the Grade XIII program.

This does not

apply to transfers to the first year of the forestry course at the
University of New Brunswick or to other universities requiring only a
Grade XII certificate for admission.

(

�Page 6.
Admission to the program leading to the Certificate in Forest
Research Technology is based solely on satisfactory completion of the
course of study leading to the Diploma in Forest Technology at Lakehead,
It is, in effect, a third year specialized extension of that educational
experience.
Enrollment in the Forest Technology program has shown a steady
growth, especially since 1961, and further increase is projected for the
next several years.

The average annual enrollments are indicated in the
I

following tabulation:
Period*

(

I'

'-'

roximate
❖nnual Enroflments
otals
~~~ st Year A~era~a
eco
ear

1948-49 to 1952-53

10

6

15**

1953-54 to 1957-58

10

5

15

1958-59 to 1962-63

19

7

26

1963-64 to 1967-68

46

21

67

1968-69 to 1970-71
(projected)

75

45

120

*By five-year periods, except for the projected three-year
interval of 1968-69 to 1970-71.
**Total enrollment influenced by fact that only first-year
students were in residence in 1948-49.
With reference to the indicated anticipated enrollment for
the period of 1968-69 to 1970-71, it is now expected that the figures
will need to be revised downward somewhat, as a consequence of the establishment of the two-year Forest Technical program at Sir Sandford
Fleming and Cambrian Colleges and the prospect of additional offerings ~t
other units in the new community college system. In addition, the University is prepared to limit admission to high school graduates with a 60 percent or better average.

�Page 7.
Current Expansion
The School of Forestry is presently engaged in the development
of a proposed third year course in Logging Technology (September, 1969).
The objective of the course is to provide the students with
up-to-date knowledge and skills in the field of wood harvesting, so that
the employer in the woods industry will have a source of trained personnel that should prove valuable in the organization and work that is involved in modern mechanical harvesting.
Cooperation by employers in the training of this type of
personnel is considered to be of great importance and it is expected
that about 50% of the proposed course will be in the form of on-the-jOb
training.
The financial outlay in training equipment would be considered
much too great for the School to propose the course without the assistance of industry.
No significant demands are expected to be made on the School
Budget in the Logging Technology course.
industry,

With full cooperation from

lecturers and discussion leaders could be drawn from the

professional ranks in industry without remuneration from the School of
Forestry.
A brief report on the course development to date follows.

(

�Page 7a.

MECHANICAL HARVESTING TBCHNOLOGY
Progress Report fl

A. Bartholomew

September 19, 1968.

During the past summer, meetings were held with the wood·
lands personnel of the following companies to discuss the University's
pToposal to institute a program in Mechanical Harvesting Technology:
a) Tho Ontario Paper Compnny Limited
b)
American Can Company of Canada Limited
c)
Domtar Limited (Nipigon Woodlands Divisio0
d)
The Ontario Minnesota Pulp &amp; Paper Compnny Limited
4)
Kimberly Clark Pulp &amp; Paper Company Limited
f)
Dryden Paper Company
To date, the woodlands personnel of the followinp, companies
have heen unavailable for a meetj1tg:
(

a)
b)

Paper Company
Abitibi Paper Company

The fircnt Lakes

In summary, it may be said that there is complete agreement
with i 11 the i rnlu~try with respect to the need for well trained logging
tcchuologi~ts on modern mechanical hnrvesting operations.

pt''iC';'

~al an d s chedule.

Each of

Companies h:n,•e agreed to a meeting of their

re p t1 !-;.-..~n t at i ve ~ and the Unive r sity some time this winter to discuss

our fi nal propose].
fhe list hclow presents those subject areas which must be

(_

sub j ect a r~ ~s roay ~c more conveniently taught as a single course
chnH

~.!S

sr:par:i.te courses..

This prog;.~am will create a need for some

incr~a~e in the Forestry staff and it wili ·be ncccs$nry to rely

�P;1gc

7h.

heavily on very specialized service courses.

In many cases i~ will

be inadequate to simply use existing service courses.
quite explicit on this point.

Indu~try was

They do not want half-trained fores-

ters; they want highly specialized technologists and are unwilling
to cooperate in a program that produces anything loss.

Planning and Control of Logging Operations
Road Location and Construction
Transport of Forest Products
Senior Report

Bartholomew

Sen-.inar

Statistical Analysis
Principles of Time and Motion Study

School of Forestry

Introduction to Computer Science
Woodlands Accounting
Production Mnnagoment
Human Relations
Trade Unionism

School of Business

Introductory Economics

Economics Department

Report Writing

English Department

Equipm~nt En~in~crini

Engineering Department

Statistical Analysis and 'fime and Motion Study are shown as
bein~ ~iven by the Forestry Department.

As we move to &lt;lcp.rec status,

it will he imperative that we have a mensurationist-statistician on
d1e- Forestry staff.

He should, therefore, be hi r&lt;::&lt;l now and coul&lt;l be-

gin wnrk by teachin~ first year mensuration, statistics to Degree II
stuc1ents

1

and the two courses given above.

Siuce my work load wjll

be greatly increased, the Photogrammctry course woulJ. have to be taught
by someone else.

The addition of a photo~rammotrist to the staf~ would

a1so make us better equipped for do~rec work, and this man could handle
~art of the RoaJ Location course.
If the Mechanical Harvostiug program is to begin next fall,
we mu~t have firm commitmentg on ~ervice courses and on budget increases
for a&lt;lditional staff.

�Page 8.
Expansion Possibilities
1)

Third-year Technology programs in each or any of the following
fields:
a)

Natural Resource Management - The trend toward the consolidation and research in the field of natural resources will require the help of expanding numbers of Technologists with a
broad background in Biology, Zoology, Soils, Water, Management Forests, Plants, etc.

b)

Forest Products Research - . The recent Seminars on Forest Products and Utilization held in the Lakehead by the Northwestern
Ontario Development Council pointed up the lack of diversification in the forest products manufacturing industry in Northwestern Ontario.

There is definitely a need for trained Technolo-

gists in the area of products research in both industry and
Government.
c)

Fish and Wildlife Management - The trend toward the scientific
and professional approach in the management of wildlife resources has gained a great impetus in recent years,

The Fede-

ral and Provincial Governments will very likely be the parties
most involved and there is no doubt about the future need for
trained Technologists in the field.
d)

Forest Soils Research - Canada has just begun to scratch the
surface in forest soils.

There is a definite need to have the

forest soils and sites classified before much progress can
be made in the scientific management of our forest resources.

(_ __

�Page 9.
The Federal and Provincial Governments are now beginning to
expand the work on soils under the ARDA program, and there
is a demand that now exists for Technologists trained in soils
and classification procedures.
2)

Establish an Honors B.Sc. in Forest Biology
In cooperation with the Biology Department an Honors B.Sc. program
could be worked out and, while such a program would be of considerable value in the field of Forestry, it would not really constitute an expansion in the School of Forestry, as the credit would
naturally fall on the Biology Department.

3)

Offer a five-year program leading to a B.Sc. in Forestry with an
opportunity to specialize in the fifth and final year.

Entrance

could be from Grade XII and the course could be of our own design.

(

The drawback would be the number of fully qualified instructors
that would be required in the final years and until Ontario is
generally accepting Grade XII students into University programs
we would run into opposition from the O.P.F.A., Toronto and the
C.I.F. in Ontario.
4)

Offer a full Four-year Program of Our Own Design
From the point of tailoring a program to the area needs, it is likely
that we could design something worthwhile for Northwestern Ontario.
Objections would be that not all students would be from Ontario and
we might have too much emphasis on some subjects to the detriment
of the general education of the foresters.

(_

�Page 10.
5)

Offer the third and fourth years of the University of Toronto, or
at least along the same lines as the general course offered in
Toronto.
I would consider adding the third year in September 1970 and the
fourth year in 1971 as our major objective in the School of Forestry.

I believe that if we get the Technical course in Logging

established, continue on with the Research Technology and get the
third year of the degree course by 1970, we will be expanding at
a reasonable rate both academically and economically.
There is certainly a distinct advantage to the Techn~logy program
in instituting a full degree program as the two or more full time
instructional staff that we will have to employ would be able to
take part in future expansion of the Technology programs.
The enrollment in the degree course over the period that we have
had it established indicates that we can expect sufficient students
to justify the operation.

I would also think that the fact that

we will be offering the complete course would have the tendency
to attract better students from the high schools than the rejected
ones from Toronto.
1966-67

1967-68

1968-69

Enrollment School of Forestry
in the Degree Program
1st Year

9

17

32*

2nd Year

0

4

11*

*Cannot be verified as absolute in the Registrar's office as yet.

C

�Page 11.
The Proposed Expansion
The proposed expansion is to offer the third and fourth years
of a general course in Forestry along the lines of the Toronto (General)
curriculum.
The general course in Toronto has received recognition in the
Provinces and in the United ~tates, and should be a course that would
provide an agreeable beginning.

The objective is to begin with an

already recognized curriculum and revamp when considered necessary.
Core Requirements for a Professiona1 Course
Minimum Requirements
Dendrology
Forest Ecology
Silviculture
Forest Protection
Forest Mensuration
Forest Economics
Forest Policy
Forest Administration
Forest Management
Other professional subjects that depend on the type of
programme as options offered by the College or University.
Logging - Principles

&amp; Practices

Wood Technology
Wood-using Industries
Management of Resources depeident on or related to Forests.

C

Forest Valuation
Advanced work in any Core subject

�Page 12.
Non-Professional Subjects
English - communication - written and oral, report writing, .
public speaking
Botany - general, systematic, physiology, ecology,
genetics
Zoology - general
Chemistry - general and elementary organic
Physics - general
Mathematics - trigonometry, algebra, statistics,
analytical, geometry, calculus
Geology - physical and some historical and physiographic
Soils - general
Surveying - Boundary survey - rnappery and cartographic
drafting
Economics - organization - specific conditions as
applied to Forestry

(

Political Science - organization and functioning of
governments.
Public Administration
Restricted and Free electives in the social sciences.
Note:

The University of Toronto course in Forestry certainly
covers the minimum requirements as set out by the Society
of American Foresters in the U.S.A.

We, at the Lakehead,

could decide to place more emphasis on Logging or
Utilization after we feel we are soundly established.

�Page 13.
Staff Requirements
A minimum of six (6) full time professors in the core subjects,
plus the utilization of professors in Mathematics, English, Botany, Zooology, etc.
Should the course be established by September, 1970, then two
new staff members would be required in the core subjects.
1971, two more added to Faculty.

By September

Further additions would be dependent

on options offered, the basic number of six are required for a general
Forestry course.
Laboratory assistants would be necessary as work loads increased
but would be drawn from senior students when they became available.
Required Space

(

Equivalent of four extra 20-30 student classrooms by 1971.
Required Equipment
No other specialized equipment would be required, but only •
addition to equipment already in use.
Budget Requirement
Salaries
Salaries

&amp; extra
&amp; extra

equipment 1970-71

$30,000

equipment 1971-72

20,000

Library Facilities
We have sufficient material now to carry out an under
graduate program.
Should the proposed expansion in the Degree program actually
take place by 1970-71, then the only other expansion that may be pos(

sible by 1975 would be in the establishment of other options in the
third year technology programs.

�Page 14.
I personally feel that a trained technologist in Wildlife
Management or in the ~anagement of Natural Resources will have the
greatest opportunity in the coming years.
Third year programs as mentioned have the distinct advantage
of utilizing a great deal of instruction offered by the Biology Department, and should prove to be a most economical way to finance a course.
Do We Need Another Degree Granting
School of Forestry?
F.A.O. panel on Forestry education summarizes the world need
as follows.
Present number of Foresters 75,000.
forests, eleven thousand million acres.

Forested land in world

Acres per forester - approxi-

mately 150,000.
If world forests were managed at the level now attained in
the U.S.A.(which is far below the level practised in Europe) then the
world would require some 300,000 foresters, or four times the number
now employed.

If we were to strive for such a goal for the year 1980~

then beyond natural replacement we would need some 11,250 foresters
annually.
The existing schools in the world are equipped to graduate
some 8,000 annually, of which about 3,000 are needed for replacement;
this leaves an annual deficit of some 6,250 foresters.
Some areas of the world are equipped to graduate sufficient
for the needs of the immediate future and perhaps a brief look at the
distribution of forestry schools in the major forested countries
would help.

�Page 15.
Education Facilities in Forestry on a World Basis
~

How does Canada compare? .
Universities, Coll~s and Sch~_(?.!_~_ ~~.!!! :forestry Pro_&amp;_!~ms
Universities
&amp; Colleges

Technical
Courses

U.S.A.

40

·s

Japan

25

U.S.S.R.

23

Country

Elementary
Courses

19

26

Australia

8

U.K.

4

12

Canada

4

13

Brazil

1

Countries in Order of Size of Forested Area
Coniferous

Hardwoods

1. U.S.S.R.

1. Brazil (Tropical)

2 . Canada

2 . South Africa (Tropical)

3 . U.S.A.

3 . U.S.A. (Temperate)

/

l
w-

N.B. Coniferous Forests provide the bulk of commercial wood.
Schools in Order of Forested Area
Country
U.S.S.R.

Professional Schools

Technical Schools

23

26

Canada

4

13

U.S.A.

40

8

�Page 16.
Canada, although second in the world in size of coniferous
forested area, comes an extremely poor third in the facilities for
forest education.
The comparison between educational facilities in Canada and
the U.S.A. is quite evident in the number of forestry graduates produced yearly.
Bachelor Degrees Granted in Forestry
Year
U.S.A.

Canada

1958

1,358

150

1959

1,521

139

1960

1,466

115

1961

1,544

120-

Undergraduate Enrollment in Forestry in 1961

/

U.S.A.

8,612

Canada

756

Distribution of Forestry Enrollment in Canada for the year 1961.
Toronto

103

U.N.B.

253

U.B.C.

186

Laval

214

A recent study on graduates of the professional and technical

schools in Canada shows that while we are steadily improving the supply
of technologists, we are hardly holding our own in the professional
field.

�Page 1 7.
"Production of Professional Foresters and
Forest Technicians in Canada"
H.W. Blenis, June 1967
Introduction
"Data on graduates and on enrollment and graduates was secured
from all professional and technical forestry schools respectively by
means of a questionnaire.
"Appreciation is expressed to all school executives for their
prompt and complete compliance.with the request for information.

"The four professional forestry schools in Canada graduated
an aggregate of 110 graduates in 1967.

This year's graduating classes

brought the number of professional' foresters produced by Canadian schools
to a total of 3,524.

Numbers of 1967 graduates and · total graduates by

school are shown in Table 1.
(

Table 1 - Graduates of Professional Schools
Schoo-I

Graduated 1967

Total Graduates June 1967·

Toronto

21

962

New Bi:,unswick

29

1,002

Laval

27

663

British Columbia

33

897

110

3,524

Totals

"In contrast to the four professional schools the 11 technical
forestry schools in Canada have graduated or expect to graduate 508
forest technicians in 1967.

By the end of 1967 the aggregate produc-

tion of forest technicians will amount to approximately 6,992 or in
round numbers 7,000.
given in Table 2.

Data for Canadian technical forestry schools is

�Page 18.
Table 2 - Technical School Enrollments and Graduates
Currently
Enrolled

School

Graduates to
December 1966

Expected to
Graduate 1967

Projected Total
Graduates to
End of 1967

Newfoundland

21

0

8

8

Maritime

69

925

65

990

Chicoutimi

30 1

0

0

0

Duchesnay

180

3,150 2

175

3,325

Ontario

113

1,507

110

1,617

Lakehead

45

106

16

122

Saskatchewan

52

43

26

69

Alherta 3

82

312

42

354

58

46

42

88

B.C.F.S. 5

13

395

24

419

Selkirk

28 6

0

0

0

6,484

508

6,992

B.C.I.T.

4

702

Totals

1 Initial year of three-year program.
2

Including technical specialist course graduates.

3 In-service personnel included in data.
4 Two programs: Forestry and Forest Products.
5 Data for basic and advanced courses combined.
6

Initial year of two-year program.

"The preceding tables indicate that nearly five forest technicians were produced for every new professional forester who graduated
in Canada in 1967.

By the end of 1967 there will be approximately two

trained forest technicians per professional forester in Canada.

�Page 19.
"The ratio of forest technicians to professional foresters
has increased markedly during the sixties.

In 1960 the ratio was

about 1:1 (Blenis) essentially unchanged from 1952 (Blenis 1953).
By 1964 it had increased to 3:2 (Blenis 1965) and in 1967 approached
2:1.

The 1967 production ratio of approximately 5:1 and the appearance

of three new schools suggest that the ratio will continue to increase
throughout the decade."
References
1.

Blenis, H.W. 1953. The Role of Forest Ranger
Schools in Canada and the United States.
For. Chron. 29.

2.

1960.
Specialized Schools.

(

Forestry Education in
Forestry Education in Canada.

Canadian Institute of Forestry.
3.

1965.

The Maritime Forest Ranger

School and its Place in Canadian Forestry Education.
Paper presented at the Annual Meeting, New England
Section, Society of American Forestry.
H.W. Blenis, June 1967.

C

�Page 20.
It is now

43

years since a new degree granting course in

Forestry has been established and while achievement in time may not be
a measure of need, it is often a m~asure

al

progress.

It requires a

few years to establish a good course in Degree Forestry and our University should be prepared to help supply the demand that must surely arise
in the near future.
Other more obvious reasons support the establishment of a
degree here at the Lakehead.
Opportunity to become a leader in the field of Forestry Education in Ontario.
Close to the forests that supply the bulk of commercial wood.
Can attract students from Manitoba and Saskatchewan where
forest conditions are similar.
Providing a five-year course is established with minimum
entrance at Grade XII standards, an opportunity will be provided to
compete for Ontario students that now attend U.N.B.
Definite need in the area for a centre of research in Forestry.
Independent investigation can prove to be valuable to woodlot owners,
companies and municipal organizations.
Graduates should receive ready acceptance in Government or
industry because of the reputation built up by our graduates in Technology and records attained at U.N.B. by Technology graduates that carried
on to a degree.
Cost of establishment of the Forestry course would be much
less than comparable Applied Science courses.
We have an excellent start on the necessary library facilities.

�Page 21.
Many practical aspects of the Forest industry are easily
available in the immediate area, from logging to manufacture.
Industry should proye favourable toward the proximity of a
professional school.
Greater interest w~uld be created in Forestry in the area
high schools if a student could carry through to a degree.
Support from Foresters in the area would come in the form of
Guest Lecturers, Supply of Information and cooperation in research.
Should be able to offer a better curriculum.

We will be able

to take advantage of experience and studies carried out.
Course would be attractive to students from other countries
where forest management is in the pioneer stage.

(

Establishment of the course could enable us to approach the
Dominion Forest Service for laboratory facilities in the area.
The demand for Foresters will increase.

We should plan for

future opportunities and be ready to supply quantity and quality.

We

will require about ten years to become firmly established.
The rapid expansion in the field of the Technologist will most
certainly be reflected in the professional field.
The older Forestry Schools do not have or seem not to have
the ability for expansion.

Wi

�Page 22.
Forestry and Forest Products*
"In 1967 the four institutes offering diplomas in forestry and
forest products technology - British Columbi~ Institute of Technology,
Northern Alberta Institute .of Technology, Lakehead University, and the
College of Trades and Technology at St. John's produced 95 graduates.
An increase over this number of approximately SO per cent is anticipated
in 1968.
"However, as in previous years, the supply of graduates in
forestry and forest products technology will not meet the expected
requirements, which will again ensure very favourable employment opportunities for these graduates.

Indeed the Canadian Institute of Forestry

estimates at least two positions will be open to each qualified graduate.
As a result of this strong demand salaries for these positions will remain very competitive.

The average starting salary for 1967 graduates

was in the range of $415 - $420 per month, although starting salaries
in the Lakehead region have been reported as high as $450.
11

The entrance requirement to all of the institutes granting the

diploma in forestry technology is a high school graduation diploma or
its equivalent.

The basic curriculum requires a strong background in

mathematics, science, and English.

These courses vary in content from

such technical skills as drafting, surveying, and cruising methods, to
such academic subjects as silviculture, entomology, pathology, botany,
zoology, and dendrology.

All of the institutes provide for some compul-

sory period of field operations and strongly advise students to obtain
related summer experience.

�Page 23.
"The course duration in forestry and forest products technology
is two years and is intended to be terminal.

However, Lakehead Univer-

sity notes that its outstanding diploma graduates can obtain an advanced
standing in a degree course in forestry.
"The British Columbia Institute of Technology also offers a
two-year option of forest products technology, which is designed to provide industry with graduates qualified in manufacturing and plant operations, quality control, and sales.

This course, in addition to providing

the student with the basic skills, emphasizes such specialized areas
as the wood option which stresses the most economical methods in collecting raw timber and converting it into such commercial products as lumber,
particle board and plywood.

Another area of concentration in this course

is the pulp and paper option which is concerned mainly with the theory
and practice of mechanical, semi-mechanical, and chemical pulping and
the conversion of pulp into such useful products as newsprint, paper,
and textiles.
"In Quebec, the institute of technology at Chicoutimi offers
a three-year course in forestry technology and the Institut de papeter1e
at Trois-Rivieres gives a course in pulp and paper technology of the
same duration.
"The Saskatchewan Technical Institute at Saskatoon offers a
related but more -general course of renewable resources technology which
is designed to provide students with the necessary skills and related
knowledge required to equip them for employment as conservation officers,
fish forestry, · and wildlife technicians, or park wardens.

This course

of study is the only one of its kind in Canada, stressing fisheries,
wildlife, parks, and outdoor recreation along with other academic and
technical subjects.

�Page 24.
"The demand for well-trained graduates in this discipline comes
from a variety of sources.

The College of Trades and Technology at St.

John's reports an urgent need for people in such areas as pulp and paper
operations, research, quality control, product sales, sealing production,
and reforestation programs.

Other institutes point out that with new

principles and techniques being applied in industry and with the increasing importance of the lumber industry to the national economy, the demand for highly competent men in this field should continue for some
time.
"New graduates in forestry technology have a wide variety of
employment opportunities available both in industry and government.
Well-trained technologists are required in the protection of forests
from fires, insect infestation, and disease attacks as well as in the
supervision of regeneration surveys, planting, seeding, and nursing
operations.

These skills can be applied in such positions as conser-

vation officers, forestry technicians with entomological and pathological surveys, forest rangers, field supervisors in reforestation programs, and in research.

Graduates will also find numerous positions

available with paper mills and organizations manufacturing products for
the building industry where the skills acquired in forest products technology will be most useful.

Finally the graduate may choose a position

in the field or in logging where he will prepare and lay out setting
plans and cutting boundaries; mark timber and survey and construct roads;
or in the field of cruising and stand management where he will cruise
timber stands for inventory and logging development."
*Department of Manpower &amp; Immigration Technical Institute Graduates.

�Page 25.
Employment
In· a questionnaire cir~ulated to the incoming students this

year (September 1968), considering the second year only, at least 85%
indicated that they intended to continue forestry education after graduation.
Future Employment Prospects
"If world forests were to be managed on a level of that now
I

practised in the U.S.A. the difference between possible need and possible
supply would be some 6,250 Foresters annually".

(Source:

F.A.O. Study

on Forestry Education).
"The need for the services of the professional Forester is
likely to increase commensurately with demands for the products of
Forest Operations, expansions of the Federal Department of Forestry and
~

emphasis of the trend toward more intensive management of forest land
in the relatively accessible areas of the country".

&amp; Demand

(Source:

Supply

of University Graduates, N.E.S.
Work areas for forestry graduates are expanding.

In recent

years Wildlife Management, Land Management, Watershed Management and
Range Management have been added to curriculums.

�Appendix A
STUDY OF FORESTRY EDUCATION
IN CANADA

Dr. George A. Garratt, Dean Emeritus, Yale University School
of Forestry, was commissioned by the Canadian Institute of Forestry to
carry out a study on Forestry Education in Canada.

Unfortunately, the

study is not yet complete and only an interim report can be presented
here.

(

�-

~ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - -Appendix A - 1

f

TECHNICA.L T~AINING PROGRAMS AND
UNDERGRADUATl: PnOt=ESSIONAL FORESTRY
EDUCATION IN CANADA 1
Dy GEORGE A. GARflft.TT 2

OJCf. 9H.3

-

What is h:tppenlng to indu~1rial and goycrnment forest management i!l
Cannda?
- How do current trends relate f o thr education nml training of tcchnicinns
and forrstcrs?
- How will the Increasing number of {orc~1 technicians effect the occupational
status and rdtu-:,Honnl level of the profcss-ion3l f orc~tcr?
Dr. Gnrrntt, the Director of the Cmrndhm Forcstl'y Educ~tion Stncty, outlines
his vie,,·s b~d on discussions and intcnicws held across Canada in 1966 nnd
1967.
] NTR.OnUCTION

Professional education in forestry hnd its inception in Canada in 1907, with
the creation of n Faculty of Forestry in the University of Toronto. Three other
undergraduate programs were cstabli1;hed during the following 13 years: at
the University of New Brunswick in 1908; the Quebec Forest School, now
the Faculty of Forestry and Geodesy at LnvaJ University, in 1910; nnd at
the University of British Columbia in 1920. The ensuing 47-ycar period is
notable for the fact that no additional baccalaureate programs have been
initiated, although at least two universities arc currently giving thou~l-it to such
a move. However, definite interest is being evinced in the broad area of
natural resource management ancl administration, and related programs have
been established recently in a nllmbcr of non-forestry faculties in other
than the four named universities.
TJ.ie modern trend toward the formal training of technicians ha&lt;i found a
fcrti1c field in forc~try, with a cmrcnt count of 13 such programs now in
existence in seven of the Canadi.,n provin~c~, a11d more under consideration in
connection with the planned extension o( the community college system in
several of these provinces. Pioneer among the institutions involved is L'Ecolc
Forcsticrc in Quebec, founded in 1ns. The decade of the 40's saw the establishment of three addWon:il one-year ranger schools: Ontario Forest Technical
School in 1943; D.C. Forest Srrvicc Traiuing School, an in-service- imtitution,
in 1946; and The Maritime Forest Ranger School, also in 1946. In addition,
the first of the two-year technical (or technological) institute type programs,
that in forest technok,gy :it I.akchcad Technical Institute (now Lakchcad
University) was organized in 1948. Jt is worthy of note that all of these older
institutions arc still in opcrntion, as arc all the more recent ones.
The most substantial ·expansion in forest technician trnining occurred over
1

/1.n ntcnsion ol the p.1pcr prcl,)arcd for presentation at the meeting oE ihc Dh·hion of Education, Joint CJF-SAF Meeting, Oltawa, Canada, on October 19, 1967.
1
Dean Emeritus, Yale University School of Forl'stry and Director, Canadi~n Forestry Education
Study.

338

C

/

�Appendix A - 2

DECEMBER, 1967

339

r
/

the four-year period beginning in 1963, durine which time no less than
eight programs were initiated, lar£cly us a co11~cqucnce of the financial incentive
provided hy the i961 Federal Technical :mu Vocational Training Act. First
to be established was the two-year rcncwal,lc resources technology course
at the Saskatchewan Jnstitutc of Applied Arts and Sciences, which includes
forestry as a significant part of its curriculum. This was followed in 1964 by the
dunJ two-year forestry technology and forest products technology programs
at the British Columbia Institute of Technology, and the forest technology
course of like duration provid~d by the Northern Alberta Institute of Technology in cooperation with the Forest Technology School at Hinton. The
school at Hinton also conducts an in-!:ervicc progrnm es!\cntially for the Alberta
Forest Service, involving a 3-month basic rangt.·r course, begun in 1951, and
a subsequent 6-month advanced forestry course, started in J 965; graduates
of the latter program arc classified as forest technicians by the Alberta Forest
Service. The year 1965 also brought the establishment of the two-year forestry
technology program at the Newfoundland and Labrador Col1ege of Trades
and Technology. The three most recent courses are the two-year forestry
technology offering at Sdkirk College in British Columbin and the three-year
forest technician course at the College of General and Professional Studies at
Chicoutimi (Quebec), both organize cl in 1966, and the one-year program at
the Sir Snndford Fleming Co1lege of Applied Arts and Technology, at Lindsay,
Ont., ofiered for the first time this fall.
It is s~gnificant that, in all but one of the technician•training programs, the
instruction is in direct administrative charge of a professional forester. Furthermore, the majority (in several cases all) of the members of the teaching staIT in
at least 8 out of the 13 jnstitutior1s hold baccalaureate degrees in forestry,
and a number of them have advanced degrees.
EVOLUTION OF LAND MANAGEMENT POLICIES AND PRACTICES

Of paramount importance to both professional education and technician
training arc the changes that have taken place in forestry and related land
management policies and practices in the more immediate past and those that
mny be anticipatt?d in the years ah~ad. The signifk::mt developments in these
areas of resource management will largely determine the nature of the services
the professional forester and the forest technician will be called upon to render
and the econonlic, social, and political climate in which they will operate.
Brief consideration is given in the followi!'!g paragraphs to a number of the
more important factors involved.
1. Expnnsion of tlte forest industries
The importance of the forc~t industries to the Canadian economy is clearly
ucmonstrnted by statistics pertaining to the value of their products (some $3.7
billion in sales value per year) and .to thl.' numhcr of jobs prov~ded and wages
and salaries paid (both amounting to 13 per cent of th·e total far all manufac•
turing in Canada in 1963) 8 • These inc.I us tries have a particularly vital role in
iMahood, hn, and F. Leslie C. RccJ: Lumber .rnd PlpvooJ--CanJda's rhc~ in world markets
for Lumbrr .and Plywood in 1975 ind 2000. J'rcscnt&lt;.•J .tt the N2t;ona.l Forestry Con{crcncc,
~lontehcll", Qud,c:c, Ft&gt;bru:ar)· 21-24, l 966.

·I

�Appendix A - 3

340

FORESTRY CHRONICLE

the world trade of this nation, with 30 per cent of the value of Canadian
exports being attributed to forest products.
Especially significant for the future is the dcvc!opnient of the pulp and pap~r
industry, which, despite having m0rc than doubled its capacity during the past
20 years, is now engaged in the greatest expansion in it., history. In British
Columbin alone, pulp capacity is c:-;pcctcd to increase nforc than two-fold
llctwecn 1965 and 1975, a11&lt;.l suhstant'ial development., arc aho taking place in
most of the other provinces.
The roundwood requirements of the Canadian pulp and paper industry have
been predicted to increase hy almost 60 per cent, and tho,c of the lumber and
plywood group by 40 per cent between 1965 and 1975; projections lo the
year 2000 place the increase in rounclwood nC'cds in these two major industry
classes at 5½ and 2;~ times the 1965 figure, rc~pcctivcly. 4 A pro_iection
of somewhat earlier vintage-, using 1960 as the base year, is in rca&lt;,onahlc
agreement as to the increase in demand by 1975.
2. Character of Jnml owner!\hip
One of the significant features of the Canadian situation relate:\ to the
extensive public ownership of forest lands. For the country as n whole, 93 per
cent of the timbered area is in Crown forests, with all but a very limited amount
of federally owned land under the direct control of the provincial governments. Much of the remaining 7 per cent of private land, owned by
individuals and corporations, lies in the Maritime Provinces.
Rights to operate on Crown Jand arc. assigned under lcac;e or license of
various kinds, with tenures ranging from 1 to as many as 99 year~, but
generally appreciably below this maximum fir,ure. Recently the provincial
governments have been provjding notable incentive to the expansion of the
:orest industries, particubrly pulp and paper. through special types of leases.
These afford more extended tenures than in the past, to insure adequate
wood supplies to companies havi11g a considerable investment in plant and equipment, and may al~o offer other potential opcrnting advantages.
3. Avni!ablc timber supply
The area of productive forest land in Canada is placed at 61 l million acres
(30 per cent classified as "accessiblc-m:cupicd", 45 per cent as "acccssibk-unoccupie.d", and 25 per cent ~1s "potentially acces~iblc"), while 482 million acre~
are indicated as non-productive forest. The estimated productive capacity of the
former area under an extem-ive system of management is estimated at about follr
times the present intensity of utilization\ This presumes, of course, the full economic accessibility of the 70 per cent of .presently unoccupied productive land.
a condition which will be determined largely by the operating costs involved, in

'Haval:md, W. E., I. U. Chcnowith, and l ~. T. O'o\·cns : Fiber--dcmand for Canada's wooJ fiber
in 1975 and 2000, Presented at the N:ttionJ) Forestry Conforencc, Montcbdlo, Quebec, J=rbruary 21-24, 1966. Also Mahood :ind Rec,i, loc. cit.
• Love, D. V.: Patenti:ili•ics of the forest resource base. lttsC1urccs for 1·omorrow, :?:641-6~7.
Julr 1961 .

..,,

•

'

/

�Appendix A - 4

f

/

DECEMBER, 1%7

341

rc]ation to lhc demand and prices to be paid for the resultant proJuct,; involved
on the domestic and world markets.
The early dcvc}opmcnt of the forest industries in Canada was naturally
ccntcreJ in Jargc measure in the more favor;iblc operating Jocations, as regards
the mo~t .desirahlc species and timhcr stands and advantageous transpo1 tntion
from woods to mill. But, with continued operation, the cutting has tended to
move farther and farther out on the company Jimits, often involving long hauling distances, more dillicult terrain, smaller timber, and inferior specie«. The
extent to which such trends townrd higher productior1 costs may be oITset
hy increased mechanization of harvesting methods will be a determining
factor in fixing the outer limits of profitable expansion of the operation.
In the case of the increasingly dominant pulp and paper industry, some
cushion in timber supply may be afforded by such factors a~ control of
accessible Crown Jimits and ownership of private lands iu excess of present and
immediately foreseeable ner.ds, potential increase in allowable cuts on allotted
limits. the use of spccic1; (especially llilnlwoods) not now being utili ;•~d. and
reduction in both woods and miJI waste. With the sawmill nud plywood
industries, on the other hand, there nrc increasing indications of more or Jess
localized shortages in the sizes, kinds.· am.I quality of timber needed.
Reports at the 1966 National Forestry Conference at Montcbcl1o, Quebec,
suggest that, on a country-wide, total-resource basis, the timber supply should
be sufTicknt to meet the prospective dcrnancls of the forest industries at least
through 1975. But somctiml! in the next J5 to 20 years the pinch of shortages
will be felt, unless thl! forest assets can be incr~ascd by improved access and
protection, notably stcppcd•up planting of burned and und~rstockc&lt;.l areas;
and early adoption of intensive forest manngcmcnt practices.
One of the intangibles relating to tlw matter o( timber supply is the extent
to which future demands for other forest uses, and especially recreation, will
lead to encroachment on the economically al:ces~ible Crown ]ands. The
prospect that government agencies, acting under public pressure, may be moved
to set aside substantial tracts of productive timberland for federal and provincial
parb, wilderness areas, and other single-purpose uses may be more than
an idle threat in the years ahead.

4. Mecbnnization
In the far western section of Canada, the size of the virgin timber noJ the
rugg\·d topography of most productive forest nrcas nrndc early mechanization
of harvesting operations a physic.ii ncccs~ity. Foresters there have long been
conc~rned with the problems invo!vcd in planning and supervising opl!rations
requiring the use of costly, heavy, mobile equipment.
In contrast, Jogging cast of the J!ocky Mountains has dcveloprd chiefly
under the stimulus of economic rather than physical considcrat ions. The
growing scarcity and incrc~1scd cost of Jaber have resulted in a rapidly
accelerating trend tow.mis mechanization of woods operations. Much of the
resultant harvesting h~lS come to invplvc clear cutting. with increasing attention to trce-Jengtb and even foll•trce logging (with limbing at the roadside).
Innovations arc constantly being introduced, and rcs~arch in this area continues
at an -intensive pace.

�Appendix A - 5

342

FORESTRY CHRONICLE

The growing dependence upon mechanization throughout Canada obviously
imposes on both supervisory nnd operating personnel concerned wiih harvesting
a need for undcrstnnding the engineering principles and associated economic
factors involved. It opens up a potential area of competition between forestryand engineering-trained prof csslonals and technicians. Tile indicated greater
reluctance of the engineering groups to work "in the bush" at less lucrative
jobs than are available in more urhan situations has no far tipped the scale
in favor of the forestry-min&lt;.fcd people.

5. Provincial n·gul:itions and forPst practice

(

ln all the provinces possessed of Crown lnncls, the governmental agencies
have been closely involved in furthering exploitation of the forested areas
under their control and encouraging industrial expansion. Only recently has
their attention become directed to a realistic degree to the practice of even
an extensive form of forestry. Even now, the intensification of forest management is being delayed by the chnractl!r of land tenure and the overabundance of
mature and ovcrmnturc timhcr still within cconomi·c reach of many operators.
Currently, Cnnndian forestry may be said to be in the early stages of
transition from exploit:ttion to a pattern of limited management designed
primarily to ensure future yields of timber for industrial me.
In general, there has been an understandable reluctance on the part of a large
segment of the forest industries to make any substantial financial investments on
provincially owned an·as which they operate under limited teour~ and with
no rights of eq11ity in the future productivity of the land. However, a relatively
small but increasing number of companies arc coming to adopt more intensive
forestry programs, especially where longi!r tenure is assured and the government
is providing r~aHstic incentives, such as increasing the a1.lowab1c cut or reducing
stumpage charges.
Obviously, the real responsibility for bringing about intensified forestry
practice on Crown lands lies with the provincbl governments themselves,
in their authority to cstablh,h and enforce on their ]eases and licences
regulations regarding working plans, regeneration, and other measures.
Current requirements rnngc over quite wide limits-from little or nothing
in some of the provinces in which present Jaws nrc still geared esscntblly to
cxploitatioa and even depiction of the forest resource, to specific rcgu)atiom
relating to site preparation antl regeneration in others. But even the latter
arc barely scratching the surface of suhstantial forest practice. Rcnl pro~rcss
will come when both forc"t indu~trics and provincial governments become
realistically concerned about short-range timber supplies. It will have its
roots primarily in the trnnsition f rnm an olu-!;rowth to a. second-growth
forest economy.
An increasinr, amount of experimental work and limited commercial
application arc heing carried out in connection with scarification and other
methods of site preparation, seed selection and establishment of seed orchards,
planting techniques, bog drainage, modified cutting methods, stand improvement, and other procedures aimed at shortening rotations and improving the
quality of the future timber stand. But in the main, these are the things
practising foresters talk about at their meetings rather than see applied

'

/

�Appendix A - 6

'/
DECEMllER, 1967

343

on the. ground on any substantial scale. Much of the necc.ssary know~how is
avai1ah1e; the need is for its t-ffcctivc application under diverse local
conditions.

(

6. Company Orgnni:1.ation
The forest industries arc today operating essentially on an extraction
bnsis, nnd the organizational structure of mrlny companies is geared precisely
to the objective of harvesting the rcqui,cd timber at the lowest possible cost,
with only Jimitccl regard for the next generation of trees. Jn most instances,
the woodlands division has been organized into two separate departments,
one concerned entirely with operations (logging), the other devoted to such
mnttcrs as cruising, growth studies, inventory, and other nctivitics con~ickrcd
appropriate for the forestiy dcpnrtrncnt. Rnthcr frequently, the forestry
department assumes a significant function as the recruiting agency for the
other hrnnch of woodlnnds; following a prohationnry training period, the
more outstanding men arc commonly induced to move into operations by
virtue of better salaries and improved opportunity for advancemcpt. In the
latter area, the concern of the yolmg forester becomes centered rather
exclusively on matters strictly related to harvesting and wood procurement,
usually with littll' regnrd for the application of much of the knowledge he
acquired in the university.
While the indicntt'd procedure of t('cruiting pcrso11ncl for operations from. the
fon~stry clcpartmcut may Jwve the ndvantacc 0f b1 inging more of n forL~try
oricnlP.tion into thr harvesti11g side of the tot~l woodlands opc.:ratio11s, the
segregation o{ the two departments is coming to be gencrnlly recognized as
disadvantageous in promoting the more intensive forestry practice that will
be needed Jn the years ahead.
•
In other instances, and c~pccially with the younger companies, there appc,trs
to be less tendency to separate forestry and operations. As the importance
c,f forest practice begins to increase with industry's growing concern for its
timber supply, even the older companies arc moved to consider the mcrHs
of an effective integration of the two general types of activity. In such cases,
the harvesting function seems destined to a~sume more of a parallel than a
dominant role in relation to actual forest practice, especially as pressurc3
develop to keep the company limits productive.

7. Public prc~'Urr for non•timbcr scrvicrs
The prcss~1rc for increased public USl' of both public and private land is
being manifested in a variety . of way's, &lt;'Specially in relation to outdoor
recreation. More and more attention is being devoted to plans for ~rtting
aside p~rk reserves (hoth federal and provincial) and other rccrcationd
arc:is. to cstahlishing wildrrncss art'as, and, as road systems are extended
nnd improvc.d, kl op~ning up comp:rny lands and limit,;; to hunting, fishing,
and other recreational pursuits. While the amount of forest land projected for
park and wilderness use is uot expected to be excessive in the immedintc
future, the very fact that the provincial agl.!ncics concerned have the authority
to set aside (and recapture) selected limits for such purp·oscs further complicates the tenure of company operations.

�Appendix A - 7

344

FORESTRY CHRONICI.E

The increa~ing pressures on non-timber uses of forest land, which also
include watershed management and gra1ing in pertinent sections of the
country, fall for the most part within the concept of integrated land u~c
and thus, except for wildern~ss areas nnd fcdcrnt parks, do not ncccssnri)y
exclude the practice of forestry. They wiB, however, notahly increase the extent
of the responsibilities of those public nnd private foresters who arc cngagl•d in
the adminis·tratjou o( the forcstcJ areas concerned.

Punuc

.

(

FORESTRY EMPLOYMENT

Despite the heightening intcrcc.;t in more intensive forest management, the
general nnturc of employment in the forest industries will he largely dc:.:rmincd, for years to come, by a para1n0unt concern for the harvesting pha~c
of 'the totnl woodlands operation. This will mean a continuing clcmand for
people capable of dealing with increasingly sophisticated cquipmcnt--pcoplc
who can annly1.e rrquircmcuts, design improvements, ond deal with other
bnsic engineering problems as they dcvdop, be they foresters or cngir1ccrs.
At the same time, however, the increasing couccrn for more effective forc~try
practice will also stimulate the demand for fore&lt;.ters with qualifying biological
and related scientific and economic backgrounds .
One consideration in rcg:ml to industrial cmp)oymc~t of forc;,tcrs that
merits attention is the apparent nttitudc o( mnny company cxc!cutivc.s toward
the talents of !iuch profcs'iional'---an attitude fostered in no small measure by
the forc,try graduates thr.mselvc,. By virtue of the nature of thC'ir education
and their often ingrained and Jimitcd concepts of their mission in life. foresters
entJring lowcr.t11anagcnicnt industrinl employment, and even those in middlemanagement occupations, hnvl~ tc1hlcd to wo1 k rather cxclu~ivcly in rc:,,trictcd
compartments, with the scope of their activilil!s limited to woods operations.
Because o( the prevailing cxcct1tivc concept that their educational hackground
fits them only for jobs in forestry and lor,ging. the yountcr foresters arc
generally considered for placement in the woodlands division atone. Opportunities which may exist in other :m~as of the company organin1tion and for
which the forester may actually be well qualified nrc more often than not
reserved for engineers, economists. commerce and business administration
graduates, and other non-forestry groups. There is real need for the professional forester to conc~ive hii; wlc a'&gt; having to do with the total industrial
organization, with unlimited potentialities for administrative and executive
types of employment. It is to be hoped that, as foresters become more
broadly educated, the prospects for placing them in diverse aspects of
industrial (as we11 as public) management and administration will be
enhanced, and their opportunities for advancement improved substantially.
Another area of private enterprise in which Canadian foresters are finding
increasing employment opportunitirs is thnt of consulting work. In th~
consolidation of ownerships among the latg~r &lt;.'ompanics, imlu-;try b leaning
more and more to the employment of consulting foresters a~ well as engineers
for needed services. Opportunities nre also to ·be found with smaller companies, in the !-awmill, veneer an&lt;l plywood, and allied industries, which arc
not in a position to employ forrst(•rs on a full-time basis but will have

�Appendix A - 8

DECEMBER, 1967

345

increasing ncr.d for their part-time services in conforming to the regulations
imposed on Crown land operations by the provincial governments.

.,

.

In botl1 industrial organizations and provincial agencies there is but limited
demand at present for staff specialists in most areas of activity, although
exceptions may be found in such fields as fire control atid silviculture.
Where specialists are employed, they arc usually assigned to the headquarters
group nnd 1nadc available to the field ac. needed. It is indicated that there
mny he tm increased need fot specialists in these orgtmi7.ations, but this may
well he moderate at best until such time a~ appllrd rec;carch becomes a more
vital function of both private and public forestry org:inizations.
In contrast, the pcrsonnrl requirements of the fc&lt;.kra1 forestry department
are centered on specialists in the various fields in which the expanding
nation-wide research program is involved. In federal research, only a few
areas arc more or Jess the exclusive province of foresters; in most projects
the opportunities for forestry educated personnel arc strongly influenced by
the availability of research-minded graduates in other disciplines, such as
biology, chemistry, economics, cneinecring, mathematics, and physics. These
people, because of their more specific educational preparation, may be
even more c.ffective in a research capacity than men with forestry backgrounds.

(

l

••

The one obvious fact is that the chnractcr of the work being done by prof essionat foresters, especially in line jobs in industry and provincial employ.
is undergoing marked change. The cnreer occupntion of qualified professionals in such activities as crnising, rep.eneration studies, logging road
location,· tree mnrking, and a myriad of allied tasks may well become a
thing of the past, for most of these johs can be performed by trained technicians, likely with better results. Top administrnt6rs in both public and
private forestry organizations are generally agreed that too many foresters
have too long been doing work for which they were over-educated. With
the increasing availability of such technicians, the supervisory responsibilities
of the professional forester may be expected to increase, even in the early
years of his employment. Rccogniticm of the contributions which appropriately
educated men can make to the changing concept of forestry practice and
administration, as well as to operations, coupled with the increasing financial
investment their employment will represent, will make it incumbent upon the
organizations that hire them to take maximum advantage of their t=ilcnts and
place them in positions where they can make suitable return on the
employer's investment.
Jndu~try and public agencies are looking for educated people with the
ability to develop in managerial capacities. The forest industries in particular,
faced with increasingly complex ope-rational problems and greater demands
of government as regards the m:magcmcnt of Crown lands, will have a
mounting need for prople capable of planning and ~upervising their activities.
Whether these arc foresters, engineer•;, rco11omist,;;, or cA·perts in other field~
bccmnes ~ secondary matter in mn 1rngl'In&lt;'nt's search for the needed talent.
It is up to the forestry graduates to prove their mettle in this competition, not
only in the more conventional industrial and public forestry enterprises, but
in the broad resource managem~nt field .as well.

I

I
I

�Appendix A - 9

'

/

346

FORESTRY CHRONI.CLE
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION

To a notable extent, professional forestry curricula have been dcvcloprd
with a definite aspect of opportunism, being designed in large measure to
meet the requirements of the specific jobs that wcr·e expected to confront
the graduate on his dcpnrturc from the university, rather than of the positions
he might aspire to fill 15 to 20 years later. ln the p:tst, by virtue of the
nature of that initial job preparation, technician-type (skill-oriented) training
played a large role in the cducat1011al experience to wliich the stu&lt;..lcnt was
exposed. A rather strong clement of technician training still prevails in some
of the curricula, but this aspect of education has generally been downgraded
in large measure, in keeping with changes in over•al1 university concepts and
policies as well as in recognition of the developing new employment
opportunities.
Today, the nature of profcssion:11 cJucatior, is t:hanging at an accelerated
rate, in the face of two generally diwrgent circumstances. On the one hnnd,
the pressmc of rnpicl technological advances nnd economic con&lt;.ickrations
have tended lo slant the cducatil1nal objrctivc toward increased spccinlirntion;
on the other, academic, social, and 1,olitical influences are favoring the
concept of a more general education, concerned among other things wjth
the integration of timber production and utilization with the other forestrelated aspects of resource management in which the public is becoming
increasingly involved. These rather diverse considerations present a definite
dilemma to the forestry faculties in their cnucavors to clevis~ appropriate
undergraduate curricula, an&lt;l it is not surprising that the individual schools,
and even individual membr.rs of the same faculty, have dificrcnt viewpoints
regarding the instruction hc~l suited to the education of tomorrow's
professional forl~stcrs.
One of the problems confronting the professional tollay is rcvcakd on
those . occasions when young and inexperienced graduate~, poc;;scsscd of
new knowledge germane to the work they arc expected to perform, arc unable
to mesh their efforts with some managers of forestry enterprises whose own
technical and general training i-., at best, more than a generation old. This
is nothing unique or peculiar to forestry; it is simply a nrnnifcstation of
the same general problem being cxpt'riencc&lt;l in engineering and other professions, and so aptly pointed up by Chambcrlain 13 • "The older a man grows
the Jc~s professionally ndc.·quatc he becomes. For a period, ... he may compensate for this ohsolcsccncc of his profcssio11nl capital hy the l':q&gt;..:ricnrc
he acquires on his job... But lhc odds arc yearly becoming grl!nkr that nt
some point in his career, while he is still in his prime ... the body of knowledge
(he acquired in the university) will have changed so greatly that his lack
of current professional competence will stand reyealcd.
"It takes no special in,ight to spotlight our educational processes and
philosophy as the major cause of the sputter in our social engine. We arc still
operating as though n person can acquire in the first twenty years or so of
his life all the format education he needs to keep him on nn ascending
career line through the rrmaining forty years or so of his working lifo.
• Chambtrl.iin, Neil W.: Retooling the Mind, The Athnti,, September 1964 .

•

�Appendix A - 10

DECEM OER, 1967

347

But the fact is that the clock startc; running down the moment a y0ung
mnn . . . steps from the c0mmcnccmcnt platform, be it college or high
school (or tcchnicnl institute).''
lt has brcn said of the graduntc cn!~inl'cr that not only will h:1lf of whnt
he has )earned in the university be ohsolctc- in a decade, but thnt half of
whnt he wilt need to know ten years from now is not even nvailnblc to him
today. Surety, in the present state of forestry and nllic&lt;l resource development
in C'Rnadn, what has been said with rcfcr~nce to the engineer is no less true
for the professional forester. What may he different nbout the world of the
forester is simply the greater insensitivity to the problem that seems to be
encountered on occasion among thr kss perceptive industry ar.J government
decision-makers.
EMPLOYMF.NT AND EDUCATION OP FOREST TECHNICIANS

The role of the forest technician is am11ning increasing promincm:c with
each rnssing year, in industry as wc11 a-; in public st·rvicc. The technician
hns existed for years, but has gcncrnlly hl~cn n company- or agency-ti aincd.
largely sclf-cducnt('d indivhh1al who h:1&lt;1 the skills to perform many ta'ik,
in the woods. In many cases he has risen to pm,itions of ~upcrvisory and even
administrative importance by dint of. his native ability. But with the
changing times, these locally experienced people arc increasingly bein~ replaced, on · rctircm'-'lll or other scparntion from the employing Ngani1.ation,
by fonnnlly trained tcchnicfans.
As will be indicated later in this prc·:-e11lation, the expanding pro~;ram of
form, 11 cuucation for forest technician::-. has been dcvel,,r-~1..l to the p0int
that the annual yield of such p1.~oplc now well exceeds that of professional
foresters. This can only be rcgardcll ,-.ith &lt;listinct approval, i11 view of the
pressing need to free the profc-s~ion:tl from nwny of his routine la~k&lt;; ~o
that he may devote his attention to more important work, concerned with
planning, organization, supcrvjsicm, nnd genl'ral administrative n'isignmrnts.
For the purpose of the ensuing discus~ion, the: technician is consiLkn·d
as a man who has completed at knst eight to nin~ months of formal training
related to forestry. He may be the product of a one-year nmgcr school or
its equivalent or a graduate of a two-yc~r (in one case a three-year) course
in a technical institute or im.titutc of technology, a community collc-gc, or
even n university offering a progrnm of the indicated type. Succcs"ful completion of such programs is gcncralJy indicated by the award of a c~rtificate
or diploma.
The technician-training programs are typically gc·arcd to the specific kinds
of jobs now being pcrformcJ at the lower-management level in the local
forest inun~trics and public agt.:'ncies, and in most ca&lt;-cs the curricula m:.iy
be definitely .influenced by the re-commendations of aclviso1y committres comprisc&lt;l largely of l'cprcst-ntati\'cs of the employing organizntions. For the most
part these programs arc intended to be terminal in nature, but graduates of
some of the two-year cours~s do on occa,ion enter the university to study for
a professional degree. In fact, more than half of the graduates of one
institution arc reported as proceeding more or less directly to a professional

forestry education.
In his early employment, the professional will likely take on work at the

•

�Appendix/\. - 11

f

/

348

J,

FORESTRY CHRON.ICLE

normal technician Jcvcl in order to gain essential experience in the field
opcrntions of his employing organization. As increasing numbers of technicians become available, the tendency will sometimes be to place them in
certain jobs along with professional neophytes, with the better men among
them rising to the top rcgarcllcs~ of their preparation. To the extent that this
is done, the two groups will he competit!ve, but the odds arc naturnlly very
long in favor of the professional. In a real sense, the work of the two groups
should be complementary and compatible, and not signitiantly competitive.
To indicate the role of the forest technician, I cnn do no better than to
excerpt a paragraph from a progress report of the SAF Committee on
Training of Forest Tcehnkians 7 • 'The forest technician requires an education
and training sufficient to enable him to understand the reasons for, and the
purposes of, the Clpcrations for which he is rcsponsihle. He should speak the
same language as the professional forester, and appreciate the professional point
of view. [He J docs not need either the depth or extent of scientific understanding required of the for~·stcr, but he docs need a practical working
knowledge of the s:unc subjl'ct matter."
In general, it may be said that technicians arc normally expected to perform tasks in the lower-management area, up to the foreman's level. But
this is in no sense a ceiling on their advancement and those individuals who
have the necessary intellectual c:i.pacity and native ~bility mny move steadily
up the management ladder, unless their progress is limited hy legal rcstriction1,.
It is not uncommon to ftncl qunli:icd technicians holding down johs in
industry in such catcgoric'i as logging ~upcrintendcnt, district supcrintcllllcnt,
and other as~ignmcnts involving some degree of decision-making and administrative responsihility. Their movement into such higher-level johs may he,
in part, a renection of a dearth of profc~sional personnel. Jt may also be
influenced in the futmc by the fact that the training provided the technician
is becoming increasingly concerned with advanced technical aspects of
forestry, with more and more emphasis on the "why" of the procedurcc;
involved in forest practice and operations. There is more than fanciful thinking
in the observation that the technicians of tomorrow will be comparable to
many of today's profcssionr,1s in their responsibilities nnd the nature of the
jobs they perform.
DEMAND f'OR J&gt;ROFI SSIONAL FORESTERS AND TECHNICIANS

A wide diversity of opininn has been cxpr~sscu as regards the demand for
profos"ional foresters in the years ahead. In some inslanc~s. and especially
in the case of indu!&gt;trial concerns wit}, highly ccntraliz..!d administrative
organizations, the prediction is thal, without a notahlc increase in intensity
of forest management, fcwa foresters will be needed in the future, with the
field jobs being lnrgcly taken o\'cr hy trained tcchniciam. This same thinking
is ·advanced in cases where con')oliuation of companies and increased
mechanization are te.nding to r~duce the need for supervisory (middlcnrnuagcmcnt) personnel.
In this general vein, one British Columbia company indicates that, while
it now employs six foresters on or:w of its logging ~reas, it could probably get
1

Journal of forcstrr, 6) (7): 484-4S7. July 1967.

�Appendix A - 12

DECEMBER, 1967

349

along with one experienced professional, filling out the halance of its
requirements with technicians. Another concern, this one in Ontario, indicates
a current use of ◊Ile field forc-stcr per 1,000 ~q11arc miles of pr~sent
operating nrea; under more intensive forest management, the only expected
change would be to increase the size of the area for which the forester is
rc5pon"ib!c, with technicians being hired to take up any slack. Still another
company, operating in both Onwrio and Quebec, reports almost a 20
percent drop in number of professional foresters in its employ over the past
two y~nrs, during which period its cut was increased by 50 percent, reputedly
as the result of mechanization and computer use.
In contrast to the above opinions, other organizations, both ptthlic ancl
private, foresee the need for substantial additions to their professional personnel,
based on anticipated increases in industrial development, in provincial govern".'
ment programs, and in federal research. They point to a considerable
backlog Clf jobs currently either vacant or filleu inackquntely. They also
emphasiu: the growing need for more foresters in the field, as additional
management. units are established for greater efficiency in operation, as the
requirements for forest practice on Crown lands arc intensified hy provincial
edict, and . as companies and provinces rnove ahead and adopt as stnnc.Jard
practice some of the things with which they are now cxpcrimcntini;. A
particularly heightened demand is foreseen as sccond•growth management
comes into its own.
An extensive number of examples cai1 he cited to hack up these latter
opinions. One provincial forest service indicates that hy I 970 there will be a
70 percent increase in its need for professional forL:stcrs, as comp:ncd with
the 1965 table of orgnnizalion; cm thi..: basis of actual employment in
1965, the 1970 requirements rcprc,;cnt almost a three-fold enlargement in
profcs~ional staff. Another provincial organization points up a present average
of 4,000 square miles of Crown limd per profcs~ionat forester on its timber
management staff; under intcnr;ivc mnnagl'111~nt ( for multiple use) and with
an adequate staff of technicians, the Mca for which rach forester would
be responsible is placed at 1,000 square miles, implying a possible four•
fold increase in demand for professional personnel. One company forcca!-ts a nerd under intensive management of one forester per 100,000 acres,
implying a demand for 28 professional forcstt'rs, compared to the pr~sent level
of five- plus three unfilled positions. Another company indicates a present
nrcd for a 55 percent increase in forL·stry graduates in its forestry and
operntions dcp:irtmcnts; still another speaks of the possibility of a 20 to
30 percent increase.
A rational appraisnl of the widely divergent r~timates of the demand for
profr·ssional foresters throughout Canada in the years ahead is difficult to
mnke, became of the various technical, economic, social, and political implications which introduce a strong clc&gt;mcnt of "crystal hall gai.ing., in
many of the projections. Abo to he considered is the factor of potential
compctifam which may be provided, not only by the more capable forest
tecbnici:m~. but by professionals and sci('ntists from other rcwurcc-oricntcd
disciplines. At stake, of course, is the position of leadership in the broad area
of total natural resource management.

(_

r
/

�Appendix A - 13

,.

.,
350

FORESTRY CHRONICLE

The majority of respondents in both industry and the public agencies
support my own view that nt least a moderate increase in the dcmanu for
professional foresters is to be c-xpcctcd ewer the next 15 years and more.
In fact, the requirements may he on thL~ suhstantiaJ side in some organi1.~tions,
espccin11y until the currcut backlog of midJlc-managcmcnt jobs is filled and
planned expansion programs arc well established.
As regards employment of formaJly trained technicians, there is widespread agreement thttl the current shortngc of such people is more acute
than in the case of professior1al foresters. 'l his bcJief is supported by the contention that, as the use of qualified technicians is increased, rclativ~ly corresponding numbers of already employed profcsc.;ionals can b~ moved from
lower- to middk-mnnngemcnl positions for which their education should
better fit them. )11 projecting the drmanc.J beyond the stage of filling the
existing backlog, .it is consi&lt;.lercd that the need for technicians will continue
to exceed that for professionals by a sub-;tantinl degree. This opinion is con•
firmed by comparisons of present an&lt;l projected future ratios of technicians
to professional foresters. which currently show a wide diversity even in
the same organization, depending I.trgcly on the nature of the \\'Ork involved.
In one consulting firm, for example, the present ratio varic~ from 110 technicians per forester on precise feasibility studies to a-. much as JO to 1 on
certain inventory jobs.
Among the forest indwtries reporting in tlw Educati1":1 StuJy, the current
range is indicated as within the general limits of from J: 1 to 6: i, with n.n
overall average of slightly less than 3 tc&lt;.:hnicians per professional t:mploycc.
Projecting the requirements of thcst"' same companicc; into the next 5 to 10
years, the predicted ratio range falls within the limits of from 1½: 1 to as
much as 10: l, with an nveragc estimate of almost 41/2 technicians pc.r
forester. The present range in th~ pnwincial forestry services is indicated as
from 1:] to about S: 1, with nn average of approximately 3 t(.) 1; predictions
for the future provide an estimated increase to from 2: 1 to 10: 1, for an
average ratio of over 5 technicians to e;ich professional. Figures for the
federal government in its research and allied activities in forestry arc much
more precise and uniform th:rn for the other two classes of employers; they
reflect a cnrrcnt range of from 1: 1 to 2: 1, with n predicted future uniform ratio
of two !cchnicians per scientist for the fec.lcra] organization as a whole.
It must he noted, in connection with the above ratios for both the forest
induslries and the provincial governments, that they do not ncccssari1y relate
to formally trained technicians alone; in quite a few instances the number
of technicians reported obviously includes a large proportion of local experienced people who nrc currently indudeu in such a job cbs)ificJtion. This
circumstance is considcrcll tl1 have a much greater int1ucncc on the pn... scnt
situation thnn it will in the future, when a much more ad~quate supply of
traincJ people will be available to fill the appropriate jobs.
Significant to the changing ratio is the comparative annual proJuction of
technicians and professional foresters in very n'ccnt years. In 1965, the
seven institutions involved grnduatcd a total o( 395 technicians, ;.ts compared
with 106 foresters from the four pruf,·s-:.ion~l schools, a ration of 3.7 to J.
In 1967, the corresponding figure s arc expected to be 500 (from JO

••

�Appendix A - 14

DECEMBER, 1967

J51

institutions) and 114, respectively, for a 4.4 to 1 ratio. With three and
possibly more additional institutions beginning to graduate technicians in
another year or two, nncl ,vith proportionately gn.~atcr inc~eascs i11 enrollment
anticipated for most of the cxi~ting technician-training programs than are
predicted for the forestry schools in the immediate future, the ratio may he
expected to increase ~tcadily over the next five yenrs or so.
INFI.UcNCH OP TECHNICIANS ON PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION

The notable development of formal technician•training programs has
certain obvious implications as regards the educational requirements of professional foresters in Canada, ju~t as it has in the United States.
As a consequence of the pent-up demand for personnel in both categories,
the impact of the increasing availability of technicians on the education of
professionnl foresters is apparently more potential than actual at the
present time. At least the recent revisions of forestry school curricula have
scarcely been infiucnc.:-d by nny serious co11ccrn for possible replacement of
university graduates in beginning, lmvcr.inan:igcmcnt jobs. Rr,thcr tJ1cy arc
based on a realistic regard both for the wide-ranging scientific and a-;sociatect
tcchnoloBical ndvanccs in fields rckvant to forestry and for the c1.1mpclling
socio-economic and political comid~rations that arc coming to beJr both on
forestry itself and on the broad as1wcts of renewable resource mnnagcmcnt.
The revisions nppear to rcflrct a growing conviction that the trnditional
forc.stry instw-=tion of the pa~t will no lon~rr serve to prepare tomorrow's
graduates for effective profcssinnal participation in incrc~«;ingly complex
and diversified fklds of public nnd privatl' cmployrncnt.
The incrcnliine availnhility of tcc-hni ·ian~ i~ c~pcctc&lt;l to lend to a ~ir;nificant
reorientation of employment opportuuitic-; for professional foresters, largely
removing the latter from any prolonged involvement with routin~ field
activities for which university graduates will become increasingly overeducated. This will be all to the ~ood for, if th\.! professional is to be-come the
person of influence nnd responsihility we contend he should b~, p~rformance
of the tasks associated with the day-hy-clny vocational aspects of the management of a forest property should bvc little place in his career, other than
during an initial short-term probati\,nary period of training in the routine
applied ope-rations of the employing a~cucy or organization. To that end,
the vocationally oriented content of the curriculum cai1 be greatly reduced,
or even climinntrd, in favor of more CL)nccntratcd attention on those aspects
of university education which will b1,.:ttcr qualify the graduate for planning,
decision-making, and other admini~trativr responsibilities a-;,ociatcJ with
the management of a forest enterprise-, be it in the pub!k or private ~-:ctor, or
for research if that be the forc .. tcr's hcnt.
Improvement of uniwrsity-kvel educational standards mny be c.\p~cted to
extend the field of employment for pwfcssional foresters, and also im;rcase
the demand for technicians to a&lt;;sist them. C(',:1currcntly, it will require a
general upgrading of faculty pc-rsonn1..'I, if the forestry scl1ools arc to attract
their fair share of the better young minds on the campus and to provide the
necessary academic challenge and prof cssional inspiration to incite such outstanding students to careers in forestry. The same threat of outmoded

•

I

.

�Appendix A - 15

f

/

352

FORESTRY CHRONICLE

knowledge that faces the professional practitioner also presents a problem
of major significance to the teacher and, consequently I to the particular
faculty and university he serves. Even though he may develop marked
competence in the technique of imparting knowledge to his students, by the
time he reaches the midpoint in his academic career the teacher may welr
suffer a critical obsolescence in his technical and scientific background. This
may particufarly be the fate of instructors who arc continuously burtkned
with heavy undcrr,rnduate t&lt;'aching responsibilities. The question may well
be asked, if the members of our faculties nrc to be given academic tenure, do
they not also have the responsibility for constantly updating the knowledge
they are imparting to the neophytes in our profession? Any realistic attempt
to answer such a question would bring us to considcrntion of our growing
concern for continuing education, not only for academic pcr~onncl but for
the practising forester and researcher, and even the technician, as well.
But this is a separate chnpter in any review of professional education
and technician training and, accordingly, beyond the purview of today's
discussion.

�--·

-

t

(.

SCHOOL OF FORESTRY
ESTT:vIATED E~ROLD1E&gt;IT 1972- 1973

1967
1968

1968

Forest Technology I
Forest Technology II
:"o·tes t

1973

1972

1972
1973

1974

197.+
1975

80

85

90

95

100

45

55

60

64 .

70

75

15

10

10

8

8

10

10

-

~

10

12

15

16

20

20

17

20

25

30

33

35

40

45

Year II

4

10

15

20

25

28

30

30

Year III

-

-

-

10

18

22

25

2 5_

Year IV

-

-

-

-

10

20

217

--

18
281

Techn.olo gy "I I I (Research)

Forest TechnoJogr III (Logging)

Fores~ry Degree I - Year I

TOTAL

1970

1971

1969

1969
1970

1971

60

70-

75

23

40

10

714
-

'v

15-5
--

180
--

--

254

--

-310

-, r

.!.\.·

_?:

.) ... J

--

...~

�Appendix C
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO
Some

Facts and Figures
Approximate Figures

Total Graduates, 1910 to 1967
Deceased
Living
Of the 866:
Those who belong
Those who belong
Those who belong
Those who belong

to
to
to
to

both the CIF and OPFA
the CIF but not the OPFA
the OPFA but not the CIF
neither

Of the 866: Regarding employment:
Ontario Department of Lands and Forest
Ontario Hydro
Ontario Conservation Authorities
Ontario - Other Departments
Canada Departmen~ Forestry &amp; Rural
Development
Armed Forces
Canada - Other Departments
B.C. Government
Saskatchewan Government
Newfoundland Government
Pulp &amp; Paper Companies
Other Wood-using Industries
Teaching in Secondary School
Teaching at University
Graduate Studies
Consulting (Full time)
Bell Telephone
Retired
Law Practice
Insurance
Chartered Accountancy
Missionary
1

963
97

866
308
172
77
309
170
15
16
20

so

11
21
5
6

2

165

60

75
35
15
10
5

so

5
5

s

1

�</text>
                  </elementText>
                </elementTextContainer>
              </element>
            </elementContainer>
          </elementSet>
        </elementSetContainer>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <collection collectionId="4">
      <elementSetContainer>
        <elementSet elementSetId="1">
          <name>Dublin Core</name>
          <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
          <elementContainer>
            <element elementId="50">
              <name>Title</name>
              <description>A name given to the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="618">
                  <text>Lakehead University Collection</text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
            <element elementId="41">
              <name>Description</name>
              <description>An account of the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="619">
                  <text>Photographs from Lakehead University's history: people, events,  and campus. </text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
          </elementContainer>
        </elementSet>
      </elementSetContainer>
    </collection>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130472">
                <text>Lakehead University School of Forestry</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="49">
            <name>Subject</name>
            <description>The topic of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130473">
                <text>Universities</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="41">
            <name>Description</name>
            <description>An account of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130474">
                <text>Lakehead University School of Forestry proposal for a degree-granting program.  The report includes an overview of programs, enrolment, proposed expansion, and relative industry reports for developing a Degree in Forestry at Lakehead University. </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="39">
            <name>Creator</name>
            <description>An entity primarily responsible for making the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130475">
                <text>Lakehead University</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130476">
                <text>1968</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="42">
            <name>Format</name>
            <description>The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130477">
                <text>PDF</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="44">
            <name>Language</name>
            <description>A language of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130478">
                <text>English</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="51">
            <name>Type</name>
            <description>The nature or genre of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130479">
                <text>Text</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="43">
            <name>Identifier</name>
            <description>An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130480">
                <text>lu-15b</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="38">
            <name>Coverage</name>
            <description>The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="130481">
                <text>Canada - Ontario - Port Arthur</text>
              </elementText>
              <elementText elementTextId="130482">
                <text>Canada - Ontario - Port Arthur</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="15265" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="18885">
        <src>https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/b5bdb63fedba52f36ef4fc413b8bd1da.jpg</src>
        <authentication>43c6dd0a822c55352ee9bf9854fcb481</authentication>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <collection collectionId="8">
      <elementSetContainer>
        <elementSet elementSetId="1">
          <name>Dublin Core</name>
          <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
          <elementContainer>
            <element elementId="50">
              <name>Title</name>
              <description>A name given to the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="5777">
                  <text>Lakehead University Alumni Collection</text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
            <element elementId="41">
              <name>Description</name>
              <description>An account of the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="5778">
                  <text>Material kept by the Lakehead University Alumni Association, or donated by Alumni to the Association. </text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
          </elementContainer>
        </elementSet>
      </elementSetContainer>
    </collection>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129677">
                <text>Lakehead University Wrestling</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="49">
            <name>Subject</name>
            <description>The topic of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129678">
                <text>Universities</text>
              </elementText>
              <elementText elementTextId="129679">
                <text>Sports</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="41">
            <name>Description</name>
            <description>An account of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129680">
                <text>Member of Lakehead University Wrestling Team. </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="39">
            <name>Creator</name>
            <description>An entity primarily responsible for making the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129681">
                <text>Lakehead University </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="42">
            <name>Format</name>
            <description>The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129682">
                <text>JPG</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="51">
            <name>Type</name>
            <description>The nature or genre of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129684">
                <text>Still image</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="38">
            <name>Coverage</name>
            <description>The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129685">
                <text>Canada - Ontario - Thunder Bay</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="15266" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="18886">
        <src>https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/ad6f505c682d9909c6bbdd012d27533f.jpg</src>
        <authentication>3b0886f80206feb61dc6778b355dadf4</authentication>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <collection collectionId="8">
      <elementSetContainer>
        <elementSet elementSetId="1">
          <name>Dublin Core</name>
          <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
          <elementContainer>
            <element elementId="50">
              <name>Title</name>
              <description>A name given to the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="5777">
                  <text>Lakehead University Alumni Collection</text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
            <element elementId="41">
              <name>Description</name>
              <description>An account of the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="5778">
                  <text>Material kept by the Lakehead University Alumni Association, or donated by Alumni to the Association. </text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
          </elementContainer>
        </elementSet>
      </elementSetContainer>
    </collection>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129686">
                <text>Lakehead University Wrestling</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="49">
            <name>Subject</name>
            <description>The topic of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129687">
                <text>Universities</text>
              </elementText>
              <elementText elementTextId="129688">
                <text>Sports</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="41">
            <name>Description</name>
            <description>An account of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129689">
                <text>Lakehead University Wrestling match.</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="39">
            <name>Creator</name>
            <description>An entity primarily responsible for making the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129690">
                <text>Lakehead University</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="42">
            <name>Format</name>
            <description>The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129691">
                <text>JPG</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="51">
            <name>Type</name>
            <description>The nature or genre of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129692">
                <text>Still image</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="38">
            <name>Coverage</name>
            <description>The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129693">
                <text>Canada - Ontario - Thunder Bay</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="15267" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="18887">
        <src>https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/3ab84086d9addbdad972d24c4ea8da10.jpg</src>
        <authentication>dd4c7dccea86a9c1fc11f22e6f9381f2</authentication>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <collection collectionId="8">
      <elementSetContainer>
        <elementSet elementSetId="1">
          <name>Dublin Core</name>
          <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
          <elementContainer>
            <element elementId="50">
              <name>Title</name>
              <description>A name given to the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="5777">
                  <text>Lakehead University Alumni Collection</text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
            <element elementId="41">
              <name>Description</name>
              <description>An account of the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="5778">
                  <text>Material kept by the Lakehead University Alumni Association, or donated by Alumni to the Association. </text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
          </elementContainer>
        </elementSet>
      </elementSetContainer>
    </collection>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129694">
                <text>Lakehead University Wrestling </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="49">
            <name>Subject</name>
            <description>The topic of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129695">
                <text>Universities</text>
              </elementText>
              <elementText elementTextId="129696">
                <text>Sports</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="41">
            <name>Description</name>
            <description>An account of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129697">
                <text>Lakehead University Wreslting match.</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="39">
            <name>Creator</name>
            <description>An entity primarily responsible for making the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129698">
                <text>Lakehead University</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="42">
            <name>Format</name>
            <description>The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129699">
                <text>JPG</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="51">
            <name>Type</name>
            <description>The nature or genre of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129700">
                <text>Still image</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="38">
            <name>Coverage</name>
            <description>The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129701">
                <text>Canada - Ontario - Thunder Bay</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="15268" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="18888">
        <src>https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/291dc4e2191497caa4af5328790ae8b6.jpg</src>
        <authentication>4d02de962a325ee5e951071fdd23cef1</authentication>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <collection collectionId="8">
      <elementSetContainer>
        <elementSet elementSetId="1">
          <name>Dublin Core</name>
          <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
          <elementContainer>
            <element elementId="50">
              <name>Title</name>
              <description>A name given to the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="5777">
                  <text>Lakehead University Alumni Collection</text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
            <element elementId="41">
              <name>Description</name>
              <description>An account of the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="5778">
                  <text>Material kept by the Lakehead University Alumni Association, or donated by Alumni to the Association. </text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
          </elementContainer>
        </elementSet>
      </elementSetContainer>
    </collection>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129702">
                <text>Lakehead University Wrestling</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="49">
            <name>Subject</name>
            <description>The topic of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129703">
                <text>Universities</text>
              </elementText>
              <elementText elementTextId="129704">
                <text>Sports</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="41">
            <name>Description</name>
            <description>An account of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129705">
                <text>Lakehead University Wrestling match. </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="39">
            <name>Creator</name>
            <description>An entity primarily responsible for making the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129706">
                <text>Lakehead University</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="42">
            <name>Format</name>
            <description>The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129707">
                <text>JPG</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="51">
            <name>Type</name>
            <description>The nature or genre of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129708">
                <text>Still image </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="38">
            <name>Coverage</name>
            <description>The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129709">
                <text>Canada - Ontario - Thunder Bay</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="15269" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="18889">
        <src>https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/2f3f4699581bb73ba074faf3ec848706.jpg</src>
        <authentication>03edbc01459487eb81f4c13ac43cd274</authentication>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <collection collectionId="8">
      <elementSetContainer>
        <elementSet elementSetId="1">
          <name>Dublin Core</name>
          <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
          <elementContainer>
            <element elementId="50">
              <name>Title</name>
              <description>A name given to the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="5777">
                  <text>Lakehead University Alumni Collection</text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
            <element elementId="41">
              <name>Description</name>
              <description>An account of the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="5778">
                  <text>Material kept by the Lakehead University Alumni Association, or donated by Alumni to the Association. </text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
          </elementContainer>
        </elementSet>
      </elementSetContainer>
    </collection>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129710">
                <text>Lakehead University Wrestling</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="49">
            <name>Subject</name>
            <description>The topic of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129711">
                <text>Universities</text>
              </elementText>
              <elementText elementTextId="129712">
                <text>Sports</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="41">
            <name>Description</name>
            <description>An account of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129713">
                <text>Lakehead University Wrestling match.</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="39">
            <name>Creator</name>
            <description>An entity primarily responsible for making the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129714">
                <text>Lakehead University</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="42">
            <name>Format</name>
            <description>The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129715">
                <text>JPG</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="51">
            <name>Type</name>
            <description>The nature or genre of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129716">
                <text>Still image </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="38">
            <name>Coverage</name>
            <description>The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="129717">
                <text>Canada - Ontario - Thunder Bay</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
  </item>
</itemContainer>
